Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

according+to+their+position+on+the+list

  • 1 lugar

    m.
    1 place.
    en algún lugar somewhere
    no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere
    vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs
    yo en tu lugar if I were you
    lugar de encuentro meeting place
    lugar de trabajo place of work
    2 place, town.
    las gentes del lugar the local people
    lugar de nacimiento place of birth
    3 position (post).
    en primer/segundo lugar in the first/second place, firstly/secondly
    4 room, space.
    aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here
    * * *
    1 (sitio, ciudad) place
    2 (posición, situación) place, position
    ¿qué lugar ocupa en la empresa? what's her position in the company?
    3 (espacio) room, space
    \
    dar lugar a to give rise to
    dejar a alguien en mal lugar to make somebody look foolish, show somebody up
    en lugar de instead of
    fuera de lugar (descolocado) out of place 2 (inoportuno) inappropriate
    hacer lugar to make room
    no ha lugar la protesta objection overruled
    sin lugar a dudas undoubtedly
    tener lugar to take place
    lugar común commonplace
    * * *
    noun m.
    - tener lugar
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=sitio) place

    algún lugar — somewhere

    los Santos Lugares — the Holy Places

    lugar común — cliché, commonplace

    composición 3)
    2) (=posición)
    a) [en lista, carrera, trabajo]

    en primer lugar, se han clasificado en primer lugar — they have qualified in first place

    en primer lugar, me gustaría agradecer la invitación — first of all o firstly, I would like to thank you for inviting me

    b) (=situación)

    yo, en tu lugar, no iría — I wouldn't go if I were you

    en su lugar, ¡descanso! — (Mil) stand easy!

    dejar a algn en buen/mal lugar — [comportamiento] to reflect well/badly on sb; [persona] to make sb look good/bad

    estar fuera de lugar — to be out of place

    c)

    en lugar deinstead of

    vino el portavoz en lugar del ministro — the spokesman came instead of the minister, the spokesman came in the minister's place

    ¿puedo asistir yo en su lugar? — can I go instead?

    en lugar de escribir, me llamó por teléfono — instead of writing, he called me

    en lugar de ir a la piscina, ¿por qué no vamos a la playa? — why don't we go to the beach instead of the swimming pool?

    3) (=ocasión) opportunity, chance

    dar lugar a algo — to give rise to sth, lead to sth

    dejar lugar a algo — to leave room for sth

    sin lugar a dudas — without doubt, undoubtedly

    no ha lugar, una reacción tan fuerte, francamente no ha lugar — there is no need for such a violent response

    -¡protesto! -no ha lugar — (Jur) "objection!" - "overruled"

    tener lugar — to take place, happen, occur

    4) (=espacio) room, space

    ¿hay lugar? — is there any room?

    5) (=localidad) place

    En un lugar de la Mancha... — Somewhere in La Mancha...

    las gentes del lugar — the local people, the locals

    lugar de nacimiento[gen] birthplace; [en impreso] place of birth

    * * *
    1) ( sitio) place
    2) (localidad, región)
    3)
    a) ( espacio libre) room

    hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

    b) ( asiento) seat
    4)
    a) ( situación) place

    yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

    b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

    se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

    5)

    dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

    6) (Der)

    en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

    * * *
    = area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.
    Ex. The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.
    Ex. To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.
    Ex. Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.
    Ex. Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.
    Ex. The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.
    Ex. Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.
    Ex. There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.
    Ex. These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.
    ----
    * asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.
    * auxiliares de lugar = area table.
    * cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].
    * cambio de lugar = relocation.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.
    * colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.
    * colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar = put into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.
    * confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.
    * conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.
    * Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * de lugares más distantes = from further afield.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.
    * distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.
    * en lugar del accidente = at the scene.
    * en lugar de otro = vicariously.
    * en lugares cerrados = indoors.
    * en ningún lugar = nowhere.
    * en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].
    * en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.
    * en quinto lugar = fifthly.
    * en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.
    * en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.
    * en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.
    * en un lugar central = centrally located.
    * en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.
    * gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.
    * ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.
    * habitante del lugar = local, local resident.
    * hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * lugar acogedor = welcoming place.
    * lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.
    * lugar ameno = locus amoenus.
    * lugar atrasado = backwater.
    * lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.
    * lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.
    * lugar cultural = cultural site.
    * lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.
    * lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.
    * lugar de celebración = venue.
    * lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.
    * lugar de cita = meeting ground.
    * lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.
    * lugar de descanso = resting place.
    * lugar de diversión = playground.
    * lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.
    * lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.
    * lugar de honor = pride of place.
    * lugar de impresión = place of printing.
    * lugar de interés = attraction, sight.
    * lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.
    * lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.
    * lugar de origen = locality of origin.
    * lugar de parada = halting place.
    * lugar de pasto = feeding ground.
    * lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.
    * lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.
    * lugar de pruebas = test site.
    * lugar de publicación = place of publication.
    * lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.
    * lugar de residencia = place of residence.
    * lugar destacado = prime space.
    * lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.
    * lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.
    * lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.
    * lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.
    * lugar en la ordenación = filing position.
    * lugar escondido = secluded spot.
    * lugares de interés = sights.
    * lugar específico = niche.
    * lugar físico = physical place.
    * lugar frecuentado = hang out.
    * lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.
    * lugar interesante = hot spot.
    * lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.
    * lugar para comer = eating facility.
    * lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.
    * lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.
    * lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.
    * lugar público = public place.
    * lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.
    * lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.
    * lugar remoto = secluded spot.
    * lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.
    * lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.
    * lugar visible = prime space.
    * nombre de lugar = place name.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.
    * ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.
    * ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.
    * ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.
    * ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.
    * ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.
    * ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.
    * ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.
    * ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.
    * ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * primer lugar de consulta = first stop.
    * que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * residente del lugar = local resident.
    * sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.
    * situado en primer lugar = top-rated.
    * situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).
    * UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.
    * variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.
    * visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.
    * zona central de un lugar = heartland.
    * * *
    1) ( sitio) place
    2) (localidad, región)
    3)
    a) ( espacio libre) room

    hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

    b) ( asiento) seat
    4)
    a) ( situación) place

    yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

    b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

    se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

    5)

    dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

    6) (Der)

    en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

    * * *
    = area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.

    Ex: The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

    Ex: To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.
    Ex: Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.
    Ex: Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.
    Ex: The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.
    Ex: Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.
    Ex: There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.
    Ex: These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.
    * asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.
    * auxiliares de lugar = area table.
    * cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].
    * cambio de lugar = relocation.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.
    * colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.
    * colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar = put into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.
    * confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.
    * conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.
    * Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * de lugares más distantes = from further afield.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.
    * distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.
    * en lugar del accidente = at the scene.
    * en lugar de otro = vicariously.
    * en lugares cerrados = indoors.
    * en ningún lugar = nowhere.
    * en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].
    * en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.
    * en quinto lugar = fifthly.
    * en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.
    * en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.
    * en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.
    * en un lugar central = centrally located.
    * en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.
    * gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.
    * ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.
    * habitante del lugar = local, local resident.
    * hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * lugar acogedor = welcoming place.
    * lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.
    * lugar ameno = locus amoenus.
    * lugar atrasado = backwater.
    * lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.
    * lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.
    * lugar cultural = cultural site.
    * lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.
    * lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.
    * lugar de celebración = venue.
    * lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.
    * lugar de cita = meeting ground.
    * lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.
    * lugar de descanso = resting place.
    * lugar de diversión = playground.
    * lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.
    * lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.
    * lugar de honor = pride of place.
    * lugar de impresión = place of printing.
    * lugar de interés = attraction, sight.
    * lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.
    * lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.
    * lugar de origen = locality of origin.
    * lugar de parada = halting place.
    * lugar de pasto = feeding ground.
    * lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.
    * lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.
    * lugar de pruebas = test site.
    * lugar de publicación = place of publication.
    * lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.
    * lugar de residencia = place of residence.
    * lugar destacado = prime space.
    * lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.
    * lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.
    * lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.
    * lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.
    * lugar en la ordenación = filing position.
    * lugar escondido = secluded spot.
    * lugares de interés = sights.
    * lugar específico = niche.
    * lugar físico = physical place.
    * lugar frecuentado = hang out.
    * lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.
    * lugar interesante = hot spot.
    * lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.
    * lugar para comer = eating facility.
    * lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.
    * lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.
    * lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.
    * lugar público = public place.
    * lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.
    * lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.
    * lugar remoto = secluded spot.
    * lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.
    * lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.
    * lugar visible = prime space.
    * nombre de lugar = place name.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.
    * ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.
    * ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.
    * ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.
    * ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.
    * ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.
    * ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.
    * ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.
    * ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.
    * ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * primer lugar de consulta = first stop.
    * que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * residente del lugar = local resident.
    * sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.
    * situado en primer lugar = top-rated.
    * situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).
    * UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.
    * variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.
    * visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.
    * zona central de un lugar = heartland.

    * * *
    A (sitio) place
    no es éste el lugar ni el momento oportuno para hablar de ello this is neither the time nor the place to discuss it
    esto no está en su lugar this is not in its place, this is not where it should be o in the right place o where it belongs
    en cualquier otro lugar la gente se hubiera echado a la calle anywhere else o in any other country, people would have taken to the streets
    hemos cambiado los muebles de lugar we've moved the furniture around
    tiene que estar en algún lugar it must be somewhere
    guárdalo en un lugar seguro keep it in a safe place
    [ S ] consérvese en lugar fresco keep in a cool place
    se trasladaron al lugar del suceso they went to the scene of the incident
    ¿se te ocurre un lugar por aquí cerca donde podamos ir a comer? can you think of anywhere around here where we can go and eat?
    B
    (localidad, región): visité varios lugares I visited several places
    los habitantes del lugar the local inhabitants o people
    en un lugar de África somewhere in Africa
    lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth
    C
    1
    (espacio libre): ¿podrían hacer lugar para alguien más? could you make room o space for one more?
    no hay lugar para nada más there's no room for anything else
    aquí te dejé un lugar para que pongas tus cosas I left you some space here for you to put your things
    2 (asiento) seat
    D
    1 (situación) place
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place
    yo en tu lugar no se lo diría I wouldn't tell her if I were you
    ¡ya quisiera verte en mi lugar! I'd like to see what you'd do in my place o position o ( colloq) shoes
    2 (en una organización, jerarquía) place
    el lugar que le corresponde her rightful place o position
    nadie puede ocupar el lugar de una madre nobody can take a mother's place
    según el lugar que ocupan en la lista according to their position on the list
    en quinto lugar se clasificó el equipo australiano the Australian team finished fifth o in fifth place o in fifth position
    E
    dar lugar a (a una disputa) to provoke, give rise to, spark off; (a comentarios) to give rise to, provoke
    han dado lugar a que la gente hable their behavior has got o set people talking
    F ( Der):
    no ha lugar la protesta the objection is overruled
    G ( en locs):
    en lugar de instead of
    fue él en lugar de su hermano he went instead of his brother o in his brother's place
    en lugar de hablar tanto podrías ayudar un poco instead of talking so much you might help a bit
    ¿puede firmar ella en mi lugar? can she sign for me o on my behalf
    ¿y si en lugar de ir nosotros viene él aquí? and how about him coming here rather than us going there?
    en primer/segundo/último lugar: los temas que serán tratados en primer lugar the topics which will be dealt with first
    no estoy de acuerdo, en primer lugar porque … I don't agree, first of all o firstly because …
    y en último lugar, hablaremos de las posibles soluciones and finally o lastly, we will discuss possible solutions
    a como dé/diera lugar ( AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it however possible o however they can
    a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar al concierto one way or another I was going to get into the concert
    dejar a algn en mal lugar to put sb in an awkward position
    no dejar lugar a dudas: lo dijo con tal convicción que no dejó lugar a dudas sobre su sinceridad she said it with such conviction that there could be no doubt about her sincerity
    poner a algn en su lugar to put sb in her/his place
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly
    tener lugar to take place
    un lugar para cada cosa y cada cosa en su lugar a place for everything and everything in its place
    Compuestos:
    cliché, commonplace
    locus
    * * *

     

    lugar sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) place;

    en cualquier otro lugar anywhere else;
    en algún lugar somewhere;
    cambiar los muebles de lugar to move the furniture around;
    el lugar del suceso the scene of the incident;
    yo en tu lugar … if I were you …;
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
    se clasificó en primer lugar she finished in first place
    2 (localidad, región):

    lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth
    3

    hacer lugar para algn/algo to make room o space for sb/sth;

    me hizo un lugar he made me some room

    4
    dar lugar a (a disputa, comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

    5 ( en locs)

    ella firmó en mi lugar she signed on my behalf;
    en primer lugar ( antes que nada) first of all, firstly;
    en último lugar ( finalmente) finally, lastly;
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly;
    tener lugar to take place
    lugar sustantivo masculino
    1 place
    la gente del lugar, the local people
    en algún lugar del cuerpo/libro, in some part of the body/book
    2 (ocasión) time: no hubo lugar para ello, there was no occasion for it
    3 (motivo) occasion: dio lugar a un malentendido, it gave rise to a misunderstanding
    ♦ Locuciones: sentirse fuera de lugar to feel out of place
    tener lugar, to take place
    en lugar de, instead of
    en mi/tu/su lugar..., if I/you/he were me/you/him...
    en primer lugar, in the first place, firstly
    sin lugar a dudas, without a doubt
    ' lugar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abandonada
    - abandonado
    - abandono
    - abrigo
    - acogedor
    - acogedora
    - acuartelamiento
    - acudir
    - airear
    - alejada
    - alejado
    - allá
    - allí
    - antesala
    - apartada
    - apartado
    - aquí
    - archivo
    - arena
    - atrás
    - baja
    - bajo
    - botar
    - cabida
    - caer
    - celebrarse
    - colocarse
    - continuar
    - damnificada
    - damnificado
    - darse
    - definitivamente
    - dejar
    - delante
    - dentro
    - deprimida
    - deprimido
    - derecha
    - desalojo
    - desamparada
    - desamparado
    - desarrollarse
    - desencadenar
    - desencajada
    - desencajado
    - desentonar
    - desfilar
    - designar
    - deslizarse
    - despacho
    English:
    abroad
    - agree
    - be
    - beauty spot
    - birthplace
    - breeding ground
    - burial
    - celebrate
    - change
    - climb
    - come off
    - commonplace
    - commuter
    - dental surgery
    - designate
    - desolation
    - divert
    - drive-through
    - elsewhere
    - equatorial
    - erect
    - everyplace
    - ex
    - first
    - firstly
    - foremost
    - haunt
    - high
    - homeland
    - in-service
    - inch
    - innermost
    - innocent
    - instead
    - introduction
    - landmark
    - last
    - lie
    - lieu
    - live in
    - liven
    - location
    - lookout
    - Mecca
    - midterm
    - misplaced
    - mournful
    - move back
    - occupy
    - palace
    * * *
    nm
    1. [sitio] place;
    [del crimen, accidente] scene; [para acampar, merendar] spot;
    encontraron una pistola en el lugar de los hechos they found a gun at the crime scene o scene of the crime;
    ¿en qué lugar habré metido las tijeras? where can I have put the scissors?;
    en algún lugar somewhere;
    no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere;
    vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs;
    he cambiado el televisor de lugar I've moved the television;
    estoy buscando un lugar donde pasar la noche I'm looking for somewhere to spend the night;
    éste no es (el) lugar para discutir eso this is not the place to discuss that
    lugar de anidación nesting site;
    lugar de encuentro meeting place;
    lugar de interés place of interest;
    lugar de reunión meeting place;
    lugar sagrado sanctum;
    lugar de trabajo workplace
    2. [localidad] place, town;
    las gentes del lugar the local people;
    ni los más viejos del lugar recuerdan algo semejante not even the oldest people there can remember anything like it
    lugar de nacimiento [en biografía] birthplace; [en formulario, impreso] place of birth;
    lugar de residencia [en formulario, impreso] place of residence;
    lugar turístico Br holiday o US vacation resort;
    lugar de veraneo summer resort
    3. [puesto] position;
    ocupa un lugar importante en la empresa she has an important position in the company, she is high up in the company;
    ¿puedes ir tú en mi lugar? can you go in my place?;
    en primer/segundo lugar, quiero decir… in the first/second place, I would like to say…, firstly/secondly, I would like to say…;
    llegó en primer/segundo lugar she finished o came first/second;
    en último lugar, quiero decir… lastly o last, I would like to say…;
    llegó en último lugar she came last;
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
    yo en tu lugar if I were you
    4. [espacio libre] room, space;
    esta mesa ocupa mucho lugar this table takes up a lot of room o space;
    aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here;
    hacerle lugar a algo/alguien to make room o some space for sth/sb
    5. lugar común platitude, commonplace
    6. [ocasión]
    dar lugar a [rumores, comentarios, debate, disputa] to give rise to;
    [polémica] to spark off, to give rise to; [catástrofe] to lead to, to cause; [explosión, escape] to cause; Am
    a como dé lugar whatever the cost, whatever it takes;
    Der
    no ha lugar objection overruled;
    no hay lugar a duda there's no (room for) doubt;
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly
    7.
    tener lugar to take place;
    la recepción tendrá lugar en los jardines del palacio the reception will be held in the palace gardens
    8. Comp
    dejar en buen lugar: el cantante mexicano dejó en buen lugar a su país the Mexican singer did his country proud;
    dejar en mal lugar: no nos dejes en mal lugar y pórtate bien be good and don't show us up;
    estar fuera de lugar to be out of place;
    poner a alguien en su lugar to put sb in his/her place;
    poner las cosas en su lugar to set things straight
    en lugar de loc prep
    instead of;
    acudió en lugar de mí she came in my place o instead of me;
    en lugar de la sopa, tomaré pasta I'll have the pasta instead of the soup;
    en lugar de mirar, podrías echarnos una mano you could give us a hand rather than o instead of just standing/sitting there watching
    * * *
    m place;
    en lugar de instead of;
    en primer lugar in the first place, first(ly);
    fuera de lugar out of place;
    yo en tu lugar if I were you, (if I were) in your place;
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
    dar lugar a give rise to;
    tener lugar take place;
    sin lugar a dudas without a doubt
    * * *
    lugar nm
    1) : place, position
    se llevó el primer lugar en su división: she took first place in her division
    2) espacio: space, room
    3)
    dar lugar a : to give rise to, to lead to
    4)
    en lugar de : instead of
    5)
    lugar común : cliché, platitude
    6)
    tener lugar : to take place
    * * *
    lugar n place
    un lugar donde sentarse a place to sit / somewhere to sit
    dar lugar a to give rise to [pt. gave; pp. given]
    en primer lugar firstly / first of all

    Spanish-English dictionary > lugar

  • 2 poner

    v.
    1 to put.
    Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.
    Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.
    2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).
    le pusieron Mario they called him Mario
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).
    4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)
    5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).
    ¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?
    6 to set up.
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop
    poner la mesa to lay the table
    7 to do up.
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    8 to put in.
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business
    poner algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bit
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) something
    Ponga más sal Put in more salt.
    9 to suppose.
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan
    10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?
    11 to lay (eggs) (ave).
    12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.
    13 to apply, to put on.
    Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.
    14 to lay eggs, to lay.
    La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.
    15 to say about.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    pongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    pon (tú), ponga (él/Vd.), pongamos (nos.), poned (vos.), pongan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    puesto,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    3) set
    4) set up, establish
    5) add
    6) switch on, put on
    7) lay
    - ponerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=colocar, situar) to put

    ¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?

    poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side

    ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back

    2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on
    3) (=añadir) to add

    ponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it

    4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put
    5) (=disponer, preparar)

    poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table

    6) (=instalar)
    a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put in
    b) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish
    7) (=exponer)

    ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun

    8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play

    ¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?

    9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set

    poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right

    ponlo [más alto] — turn it up

    10) (=adoptar)

    ¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?

    ¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!

    11) (=volver) + adj, adv to make

    para no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood

    ¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!

    12) (=servir)

    ¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?

    ¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?

    13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through

    ¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?

    14) (=exhibir)

    ¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?

    ¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?

    15) (=enviar) to send
    16) (=escribir) to put

    ¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?

    ¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?

    17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say

    ¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?

    18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, set

    nos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work

    me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine

    19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise

    le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything

    20) (=aportar, contribuir)
    [+ dinero]

    yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing

    21) (=invertir) to put in
    22) (=apostar)
    23) (=llamar) to call

    ¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?

    24) (=criticar, alabar)

    te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss

    ¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!

    tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you

    25) (=tildar)

    poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse

    26) (=suponer)

    pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lottery

    poniendo que... — supposing that...

    27)

    poner a algn [a] + infin

    28)

    poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro

    poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro

    29) [en trabajo]

    poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant

    30)
    31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay
    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [aves] to lay (eggs)
    2) (=apostar)
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzadohe was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesato lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconvenientehe didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocadossuppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marchashe switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombralet's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlasI wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a lloverit started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cienI'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.
    Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.
    Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    ----
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzadohe was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesato lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconvenientehe didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocadossuppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marchashe switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombralet's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlasI wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a lloverit started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cienI'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

    Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

    Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

    * * *
    poner [ E22 ]
    ■ poner (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 colocar
    2 poner: anuncio, aviso
    B agregar
    C ropa, calzado etc
    D ‹inyección/supositorio›
    E poner la mesa
    F
    1 instalar, montar
    2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc
    3 poner: cerradura etc
    G poner: huevos
    H servir, dar
    A
    1 contribuir
    2 proporcionar
    B poner: atención, cuidado
    C
    1 imponer
    2 oponer
    3 adjudicar
    D poner: nombre
    E enviar
    F escribir
    G
    1 expresar por escrito
    2 impersonal
    H exhibir, dar
    I tardar
    A en un estado, una situación
    B poner: cara, voz, etc
    C
    1 hacer empezar
    2 poner a alguien de algo
    D suponer
    A
    1 conectar, encender
    2 ajustar, graduar
    B poner al teléfono
    ■ poner (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 apostar
    2 contribuir dinero
    B poner: gallinas
    C México: vulg
    ■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)
    A
    1 colocarse
    2 llegar
    B ponerse: el sol
    C ponerse: calzado etc
    A en un estado, una situación
    B
    1 empezar
    2 esforzarse, esmerarse
    3 contribuir dinero
    Sentido III ponerse al teléfono
    vt
    A
    1 (colocar) to put
    ¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?
    ¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?
    pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picture
    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced class
    ponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the door
    pon agua a calentar put some water on to boil
    2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put
    pusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaper
    B (agregar) to put
    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
    ¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?
    ¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?
    C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):
    ¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?
    le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dress
    D ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
    el dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injection
    E
    poner la mesa to lay o set the table
    F
    1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open
    puso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architect
    consiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving school
    les ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o home
    pusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in style
    le puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment
    2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install
    van a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers
    3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fit
    G «ave» ‹huevos› to lay
    H
    ( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?
    póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please
    ¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?
    A
    1 (contribuir):
    él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the labor
    pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each
    que cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford
    2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay on
    la empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the company
    B ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to take
    pon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doing
    no ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of work
    pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does
    C
    1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to set
    nos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questions
    2
    (oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objections
    a todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything
    3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give
    ¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?
    le pusieron un cero he got nought out of ten
    D (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give
    ¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!
    le pusieron Eva they called her Eva
    ¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?
    le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'
    E (enviar) ‹telegrama› to send; ‹carta› to mail ( AmE), to post ( BrE)
    F (escribir) to put
    no has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents in
    no sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o write
    puso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the list
    G ( esp Esp)
    el periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery
    mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note says
    allí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in
    ¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?
    H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)
    ‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?
    ¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?
    en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theater
    no pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmas
    I ( RPl) (tardar) to take
    el avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Aires
    de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to Salta
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me pones nerviosa you're making me nervous
    ya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood
    ¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?
    lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward position
    nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened
    ¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!
    me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for me
    B (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›
    no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like that
    puso cara de enfado he looked annoyed
    puso voz de asustado he sounded scared
    C
    1
    (hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a diet
    poner a algn A + INF:
    tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to work
    lo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguez
    lo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions
    2 poner a algn DE algo:
    la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department
    lo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angel
    su padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boy
    siempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an example
    D
    (suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get back
    pon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?
    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrong
    ponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours
    ¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200
    A
    1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put on
    pon un disco put on a record
    puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine
    todavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet
    2
    (ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven
    ¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?
    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right time
    poner el motor a punto to tune up the engine
    B
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): en seguida le pongo I'm just putting you through o connecting you
    poner a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth
    ¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?
    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?
    ■ poner
    vi
    A
    1 ( Jueg) (apostar) to put in
    2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute
    ¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?
    B «gallina» to lay
    C ( Méx vulg) (copular) to score (sl)
    A
    1 ( refl)
    (colocarse): pongámonos un rato a la sombra let's sit ( o lie etc) in the shade for a while
    ponerse de pie to stand up, stand
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's knees
    ponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the tree
    ponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountain
    a ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head
    2
    ( Esp) (llegar): en diez minutos nos ponemos allí we can be there in ten minutes
    B «sol» to set
    C ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on
    ponte el abrigo put your coat on
    no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear
    mi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothes
    ponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadow
    me puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklace
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me puse furiosa I got very angry
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it
    adelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortable
    no te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad
    ¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!
    no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wild
    la vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensive
    B
    1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -ING
    se va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minute
    a ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start working
    se puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason
    2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effort
    si te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today
    3
    (CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)
    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)
    yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
    dile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone
    * * *

     

    poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
    1


    ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
    poner una bomba to plant a bomb
    b)anuncio/aviso to place, put

    c) ropa› (+ me/te/le etc):


    2 ( agregar) to put
    3inyección/supositorio to give
    4
    poner la mesa to lay o set the table

    5 (instalar, montar)
    a)oficina/restaurante to open

    b)cocina/teléfono/calefacción to install

    c)cerradura/armario to fit

    6 [ ave] ‹ huevo to lay
    7 (Esp) (servir, dar):
    póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;

    ¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
    1 dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;

    2 atención to pay;
    cuidado/interés to take;

    3
    a) ( imponer) ‹ deberes to give, set;

    examen/problema to set;



    c) ( adjudicar) ‹ nota to give

    4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo to give;
    ejemplo to give;

    5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama to send
    6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas to write
    7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película to show;
    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
    1
    a) (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción to turn on, switch on, put on;

    programa/canal to put on;
    cinta/disco/música to put on;
    puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar) ‹ despertador to set;


    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
    2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
    (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
    vi [ ave] to lay
    ponerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
    pongámonos ahí let's stand (o sit etc) there;

    ponerse de pie to stand (up);
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
    2 [ sol] to set
    3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja to put on;

    1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    se puso triste she became sad;
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
    se puso como loco he went mad;
    ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
    2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;

    (Esp):

    poner verbo transitivo
    1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
    (seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
    2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
    3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
    poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
    4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
    5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
    6 (vestir) to put on
    7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
    8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
    9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
    10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
    no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
    11 TV Cine to put on, show
    12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
    13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
    ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
    ♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
    poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
    poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
    poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
    poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
    poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
    ' poner' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    activar
    - alinear
    - alta
    - alto
    - altura
    - antecedente
    - antena
    - arreglar
    - arrinconar
    - aunar
    - bandeja
    - brete
    - cabeza
    - calzar
    - caldo
    - calle
    - cara
    - cargar
    - carta
    - caso
    - cien
    - codificar
    - comprometer
    - confiar
    - coto
    - crecer
    - cuenco
    - cuestión
    - dejar
    - denuncia
    - depositar
    - descomponer
    - descubierta
    - descubierto
    - desesperar
    - diente
    - dirigir
    - discutir
    - distribuir
    - enchufar
    - enderezar
    - enervar
    - enfermar
    - enfrentar
    - enmascarar
    - entregar
    - entregarse
    - escenificar
    - escobilla
    - esmerarse
    English:
    acquaint
    - action
    - apply
    - arm
    - arrange
    - aside
    - best
    - blur
    - bond
    - box
    - bracket
    - bundle
    - bung
    - cap
    - cast
    - cheek
    - claim
    - code
    - collect
    - compromise
    - connect
    - cork
    - crack
    - cross
    - crown
    - curb
    - date
    - dip
    - discomfit
    - dishwasher
    - egg
    - end
    - endanger
    - excite
    - face
    - fault
    - feature
    - fetter
    - fill in
    - fit
    - fluster
    - follow up
    - forewarn
    - free
    - gather
    - get
    - glaze
    - go
    - gown
    - grin
    * * *
    vt
    1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;
    me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;
    ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;
    pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;
    ¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;
    poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;
    poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;
    poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;
    hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog
    2. [ropa, zapatos, maquillaje]
    poner algo a alguien to put sth on sb;
    ponle este pañal al bebé put this Br nappy o US diaper on the baby
    3. [servir]
    ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;
    póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;
    ¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;
    póngame un kilo give me a kilo
    4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;
    poner algo de mi/tu/ etc[m5]. parte to do my/your/ etc bit;
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;
    pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;
    hay que poner más cuidado con o [m5] en la ortografía you have to take more care over your spelling
    5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]
    poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;
    le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;
    ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;
    lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;
    el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;
    llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;
    pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;
    me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;
    poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent face
    6. [calificar]
    poner a alguien de algo to call sb sth;
    me pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;
    poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;
    poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sb
    7. [oponer]
    poner obstáculos a algo to hinder sth;
    poner pegas a algo to raise objections to sth
    8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;
    [multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;
    le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;
    me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;
    [conferencia] to make; Esp
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;
    Esp
    no cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second
    10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;
    [despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;
    pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;
    pon el telediario put the news on;
    puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;
    ¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;
    ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it
    11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;
    anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;
    ¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;
    en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto
    12. [montar] to set up;
    poner la casa to set up home;
    poner un negocio to start a business;
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;
    han puesto una cocina nueva they've had a new Br cooker o US stove put in;
    hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;
    poner la mesa to lay the table;
    pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow
    13. [decorar] to do up;
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    14. [suponer] to suppose;
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;
    ¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days
    15. Esp [decir] to say;
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?
    16. [escribir] to put;
    ¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?
    17. [huevo] to lay
    18. RP [demorar] to take;
    el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there
    19. Fam [excitar]
    esa actriz me pone that actress totally does it for me
    vi
    [gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)
    v impersonal
    Am Fam [parecer]
    se me pone que… it seems to me that…
    * * *
    <part puesto> v/t
    1 put;
    poner en marcha set in motion;
    pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that
    2 ropa put on
    3 ( añadir) put in
    4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on
    5 la mesa set
    6 ( escribir) put down
    7 en periódico, libro etc say;
    la crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews
    8 negocio set up
    9 telegrama send
    10 huevos lay
    11 AUTO marcha put the car in, move into
    12 dinero deposit
    13
    :
    poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;
    ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;
    * * *
    poner {60} vt
    1) colocar: to put, to place
    pon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table
    2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add
    3) : to put on (clothes)
    4) contribuir: to contribute
    5) escribir: to put in writing
    no le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it
    6) imponer: to set, to impose
    7) exponer: to put, to expose
    lo puso en peligro: she put him in danger
    8) : to prepare, to arrange
    poner la mesa: to set the table
    9) : to name
    le pusimos Ana: we called her Ana
    10) establecer: to set up, to establish
    puso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant
    11) instalar: to install, to put in
    siempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood
    13) : to turn on, to switch on
    14) suponer: to suppose
    pongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come
    15) : to lay (eggs)
    poner a : to start (someone doing something)
    lo puse a trabajar: I put him to work
    poner de : to place as
    la pusieron de directora: they made her director
    poner en : to put in (a state or condition)
    poner en duda: to call into question
    poner vi
    1) : to contribute
    2) : to lay eggs
    * * *
    poner vb
    1. (colocar) to put [pt. & pp. put]
    2. (ropa, etc) to put on
    3. (añadir) to put
    ¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?
    ¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?
    4. (escribir) to write [pt. wrote; pp. written] / to put
    5. (programar) to set [pt. & pp. set]
    6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on
    7. (establecer) to open
    8. (enviar) to send [pt. & pp. sent]
    9. (comunicar) to put through
    ¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?
    10. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]
    11. (proyectar) to be on
    ¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?
    12. (dar un nombre) to call
    13. (imponer) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    14. (servir) to give
    ¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?
    ¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?
    15. (aportar) to supply [pt. & pp. supplied] / to put in
    16. (suponer) to suppose / to say [pt. & pp. said]
    pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say...
    poner huevos to lay eggs [pt. & pp. laid]

    Spanish-English dictionary > poner

  • 3 on

    1.
    [ɒn]preposition
    1) (position) auf (+ Dat.); (direction) auf (+ Akk.); (attached to) an (+ Dat./Akk.)

    put something on the tableetwas auf den Tisch legen od. stellen

    be on the tableauf dem Tisch sein

    write something on the walletwas an die Wand schreiben

    be hanging on the wallan der Wand hängen

    on the bus/train — im Bus/Zug; (by bus/train) mit dem Bus/Zug

    be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein

    2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)

    on the evidenceaufgrund des Beweismaterials

    on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...

    3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]

    it's just on ninees ist gerade neun

    on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft

    on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...

    on time or schedule — pünktlich

    4) expr. state etc

    the drinks are on me(coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich

    be on £20,000 a year20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben

    5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)
    2. adverb
    1)

    with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel

    boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen

    2) (in some direction)
    3) (switched or turned on)

    the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an

    5) (being performed)

    what's on at the cinema?was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?

    6) (on duty)

    come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben

    7)

    something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen

    you're on!(coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!

    be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen

    what is he on about?was will er [sagen]?

    be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)

    on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)

    be on to something(have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also academic.ru/62377/right">right 4. 4)

    * * *
    [on] 1. preposition
    1) (touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: The book was lying on the table; He was standing on the floor; She wore a hat on her head.) auf, in
    2) (in or into (a vehicle, train etc): We were sitting on the bus; I got on the wrong bus.) in
    3) (at or during a certain day, time etc: on Monday; On his arrival, he went straight to bed.) an, bei
    4) (about: a book on the theatre.) über
    5) (in the state or process of: He's on holiday.) in
    6) (supported by: She was standing on one leg.) auf
    7) (receiving, taking: on drugs; on a diet.) auf
    8) (taking part in: He is on the committee; Which detective is working on this case?) in, an
    9) (towards: They marched on the town.) zu
    10) (near or beside: a shop on the main road.) an
    11) (by means of: He played a tune on the violin; I spoke to him on the telephone.) auf, an
    12) (being carried by: The thief had the stolen jewels on him.) mit
    13) (when (something is, or has been, done): On investigation, there proved to be no need to panic.) als
    14) (followed by: disaster on disaster.) auf
    2. adverb
    1) ((especially of something being worn) so as to be touching, fixed to, covering etc the upper or outer side of: She put her hat on.) auf
    2) (used to show a continuing state etc, onwards: She kept on asking questions; They moved on.) weiter
    3) (( also adjective) (of electric light, machines etc) working: The television is on; Turn/Switch the light on.) an
    4) (( also adjective) (of films etc) able to be seen: There's a good film on at the cinema this week.) hinein
    5) (( also adjective) in or into a vehicle, train etc: The bus stopped and we got on.) im Gange
    3. adjective
    1) (in progress: The game was on.) stattfinden
    2) (not cancelled: Is the party on tonight?) stattfinden
    - oncoming
    - ongoing
    - onwards
    - onward
    - be on to someone
    - be on to
    - on and on
    - on time
    - on to / onto
    * * *
    on
    [ɒn, AM ɑ:n]
    I. prep
    1. (on top of) auf + dat
    there are many books \on my desk auf meinem Tisch sind viele Bücher
    look at that cat \on the chair! schau dir die Katze auf dem Stuhl an!
    \on top of sth [ganz] oben auf etw dat
    2. with verbs of motion (onto) auf + akk
    put the pot \on the table! stell den Topf auf den Tisch!
    he had to walk out \on the roof er musste auf das Dach hinauf
    she hung their washing \on the line to dry sie hängte ihre Wäsche zum Trocknen auf die Leine
    let's hang a picture \on the wall lass uns ein Bild an die Wand hängen
    to get \on a horse auf ein Pferd aufsteigen, aufsitzen
    3. (situated on) an + dat
    , auf + dat
    our house is \on Sturton Street unser Haus ist in der Sturton Street
    they lay \on the beach sie lagen am Strand
    the town is \on the island die Stadt ist auf der Insel
    her new house is \on the river ihr neues Haus liegt am Fluss
    \on the balcony/her estate auf dem Balkon/ihrem Gut
    \on the border an der Grenze
    the shop \on the corner der Laden an der Ecke
    \on the hill/mountain auf dem Hügel/Berg
    \on the left/right auf der linken/rechten Seite
    \on platform three auf Bahnsteig [o SCHWEIZ Perron] drei m o nt
    \on track two an Gleis zwei
    4. (from) an + dat
    several bird houses hung \on the branches an den Ästen hingen mehrere Nistkästen
    a huge chandelier hung \on the ceiling ein großer Kronleuchter hing von der Decke herab
    5. (clothing) an + dat
    with shoes \on his feet mit Schuhen an den Füßen
    the wedding ring \on the ring finger der Ehering am Ringfinger
    6. (hurt by) an + dat
    I hit my head \on the shelf ich habe mir den Kopf am Regal angestoßen
    she tripped \on the wire sie blieb an dem Kabel hängen
    he cut his foot \on some glass er hat sich den Fuß an einer Glasscherbe verletzt
    to stumble \on sth über etw akk stolpern
    7. (supported by a part of the body) auf + dat
    to lie \on one's back auf dem Rücken liegen
    to stand \on one's head auf dem Kopf stehen
    8. (in possession of) bei + dat
    to have sth \on one etw bei sich dat haben
    I thought I had my driver's licence \on me ich dachte, ich hätte meinen Führerschein dabei
    have you got a spare cigarette \on you? hast du eine Zigarette für mich übrig?
    9. (marking surface of) auf + dat
    how did you get that blood \on your shirt? wie kommt das Blut auf Ihr Hemd?
    he had a scratch \on his arm er hatte einen Kratzer am Arm
    there was a smile \on her face ein Lächeln lag auf ihrem Gesicht
    10. (about) über + akk
    a documentary \on volcanoes ein Dokumentarfilm über Vulkane
    he needs some advice \on how to dress er braucht ein paar Tipps, wie er sich anziehen soll
    essays \on a wide range of issues Aufsätze zu einer Vielzahl von Themen
    he commented \on the allegations er nahm Stellung zu den Vorwürfen
    he advised her \on her taxes er beriet sie [o gab ihr Ratschläge] in Sachen Steuern
    I'll say more \on that subject later ich werde später mehr dazu sagen
    they settled \on a price sie einigten sich auf einen Preis
    to congratulate sb \on sth jdn zu etw dat gratulieren
    to frown \on sth etw missbilligen
    to have something/anything \on sb etw gegen jdn in der Hand haben
    do the police have anything \on you? hat die Polizei etwas Belastendes gegen dich in der Hand?
    11. (based on) auf + akk... hin
    he reacted \on a hunch er reagierte auf ein Ahnung hin
    he quit his job \on the principle that he did not want to work for an oil company er kündigte seine Stelle, weil er nicht für eine Ölgesellschaft arbeiten wollte
    \on account of wegen + gen
    they cancelled all flights \on account of the bad weather sie sagten alle Flüge wegen des schlechten Wetters ab
    \on purpose mit Absicht, absichtlich
    dependent/reliant \on sb/sth abhängig von jdm/etw
    to be based \on sth auf etw dat basieren
    to be based \on the ideas of freedom and equality auf den Ideen von Freiheit und Gleichheit basieren
    to rely \on sb sich akk auf jdn verlassen
    12. (as member of) in + dat
    how many people are \on your staff? wie viele Mitarbeiter haben Sie?
    have you ever served \on a jury? warst du schon einmal Mitglied in einer Jury?
    whose side are you \on in this argument? auf welcher Seite stehst du in diesem Streit?
    a writer \on a women's magazine eine Autorin bei einer Frauenzeitschrift
    13. (against) auf + akk
    the dog turned \on its own master der Hund ging auf seinen eigenes Herrchen los
    the gangsters pulled a gun \on him die Gangster zielten mit der Pistole auf ihn
    thousands were marching \on Cologne Tausenden marschierten auf Köln zu
    don't be so hard \on him! sei nicht so streng mit ihm!
    criticism has no effect \on him Kritik kann ihm nichts anhaben
    he didn't know it but the joke was \on him er wusste nicht, dass es ein Witz über ihn war
    two air raids \on Munich zwei Luftangriffe auf München
    they placed certain restrictions \on large companies großen Unternehmen wurden bestimmte Beschränkungen auferlegt
    there is a new ban \on the drug die Droge wurde erneut verboten
    to place a limit \on sth etw begrenzen
    to force one's will \on sb jdm seinen Willen aufzwingen
    to cheat \on sb jdn betrügen
    14. (through device of) an + dat
    he's \on the phone er ist am Telefon
    she weaved the cloth \on the loom sie webte das Tuch auf dem Webstuhl
    Chris is \on drums Chris ist am Schlagzeug
    we work \on flexitime wir arbeiten Gleitzeit
    \on the piano am Klavier
    15. (through medium of) auf + dat
    I'd like to see that offer \on paper ich hätte dieses Angebot gerne schriftlich
    I saw myself \on film ich sah mich selbst im Film
    what's \on TV tonight? was kommt heute Abend im Fernsehen?
    do you like the jazz \on radio? gefällt dir der Jazz im Radio?
    I heard the story \on the news today ich habe die Geschichte heute in den Nachrichten gehört
    a 10-part series \on Channel 3 eine zehnteilige Serie im 3. Programm
    to be available \on cassette auf Kassette erhältlich sein
    to store sth \on the computer etw im Computer speichern
    to put sth down \on paper etw aufschreiben [o BRD, ÖSTERR zu Papier bringen]
    to come out \on video als Video herauskommen
    16. (in the course of) auf + dat
    \on the way to town auf dem Weg in die Stadt
    17. (travelling with) in + dat
    , mit + dat
    I love travelling \on buses/trains ich fahre gerne mit Bussen/Zügen
    we went to France \on the ferry wir fuhren mit der Fähre nach Frankreich
    he got some sleep \on the plane er konnte im Flugzeug ein wenig schlafen
    \on foot/horseback zu Fuß/auf dem Pferd
    18. (on day of) an + dat
    many shops don't open \on Sundays viele Läden haben an Sonntagen geschlossen
    what are you doing \on Friday? was machst du am Freitag?
    we always go bowling \on Thursdays wir gehen donnerstags immer kegeln
    my birthday's \on the 30th of May ich habe am 30. Mai Geburtstag
    \on a very hot evening in July an einem sehr heißen Abend im Juli
    \on Saturday morning/Wednesday evening am Samstagvormittag/Mittwochabend
    19. (at time of) bei + dat
    \on his brother's death beim Tod seines Bruders
    \on the count of three, start running! bei drei lauft ihr los!
    trains to London leave \on the hour every hour die Züge nach London fahren jeweils zur vollen Stunde
    the professor entered the room at 1:00 \on the minute der Professor betrat den Raum auf die Minute genau um 13.00 Uhr
    \on receiving her letter als ich ihren Brief erhielt
    \on arriving at the station bei der Ankunft im Bahnhof
    \on arrival/departure bei der Ankunft/Abreise
    \on the dot [auf die Sekunde] pünktlich
    to be finished \on schedule planmäßig fertig werden
    20. (engaged in) bei + dat
    we were \on page 42 wir waren auf Seite 42
    he was out \on errands er machte ein paar Besorgungen
    we made a big profit \on that deal wir haben bei diesem Geschäft gut verdient
    \on business geschäftlich, beruflich
    to work \on sth an etw dat arbeiten
    21. (regularly taking)
    to be \on sth etw nehmen
    my doctor put me \on antibiotics mein Arzt setzte mich auf Antibiotika
    he lived \on berries and roots er lebte von Beeren und Wurzeln
    Richard lives \on a diet of junk food Richard ernährt sich ausschließlich von Junkfood
    to be \on drugs unter Drogen stehen, Drogen nehmen
    to be \on medication Medikamente einnehmen
    22. (paid by) auf + dat; BRIT
    she wants it done \on the National Health Service sie möchte, dass die gesetzliche Krankenkasse die Kosten übernimmt
    this meal is \on me das Essen bezahle ich
    the drinks are \on me die Getränke gebe ich aus
    to buy sth \on credit/hire purchase etw auf Kredit/Raten kaufen
    23. (sustained by) mit + dat
    , von + dat
    does this radio run \on batteries? läuft dieses Radio mit Batterien?
    I've only got £50 a week to live \on ich lebe von nur 50 Pfund pro Woche
    they are living \on their savings sie leben von ihren Ersparnissen
    to go \on the dole stempeln gehen
    to live \on welfare von Sozialhilfe leben
    24. (as payment for) für + akk
    I've wasted a lot of money \on this car ich habe für dieses Auto eine Menge Geld ausgegeben
    how much interest are you paying \on the loan? wie viel Zinsen zahlst du für diesen Kredit?
    25. (added to) zusätzlich zu + dat
    a few pence \on the electricity bill ein paar Pfennige mehr bei der Stromrechnung
    26. (connected to) an + dat
    dogs should be kept \on their leads Hunde sollten an der Leine geführt werden
    to be \on the phone AUS, BRIT ans Telefonnetz angeschlossen sein, telefonisch erreichbar sein
    we've just moved and we're not \on the phone yet wir sind gerade umgezogen und haben noch kein Telefon
    27. (according to) auf + dat
    \on the agenda/list auf der Tagesordnung/Liste
    \on the whole im Ganzen, insgesamt
    \on the whole, it was a good year alles in allem war es ein gutes Jahr
    28. (burdening) auf + dat
    it's been \on my mind ich muss immer daran denken
    she had something \on her heart sie hatte etwas auf dem Herzen
    that lie has been \on his conscience diese Lüge lastete auf seinem Gewissen
    this is \on your shoulders das liegt in deiner Hand, die Verantwortung liegt bei dir
    the future of the company is \on your shoulders du hast die Verantwortung für die Zukunft der Firma
    crime is \on the increase again die Verbrechen nehmen wieder zu
    I'll be away \on a training course ich mache demnächst einen Ausbildungslehrgang
    he's out \on a date with a woman er hat gerade eine Verabredung mit einer Frau
    I was \on a long journey ich habe eine lange Reise gemacht
    we're going \on vacation in two weeks wir fahren in zwei Wochen in Urlaub
    to set sth \on fire etw anzünden
    to be \on the go BRIT ( fig) auf Trab sein
    did you know that she's got a new book \on the go? hast du gewusst, dass sie gerade ein neues Buch schreibt?
    to be \on strike streiken
    I can't improve \on my final offer dieses Angebot ist mein letztes Wort
    sales are up \on last year der Umsatz ist höher als im letzten Jahr
    to have nothing [or not have anything] \on sth kein Vergleich mit etw dat sein
    my new bike has nothing \on the one that was stolen mein neues Fahrrad ist bei Weitem nicht so gut wie das, das mir gestohlen wurde
    31. (by chance)
    \on sb ohne jds Verschulden
    she was really worried when the phone went dead \on her sie machte sich richtig Sorgen, als das Telefon ausfiel, ohne dass sie etwas getan hatte
    the fire went out \on me das Feuer ist mir einfach ausgegangen
    to chance \on sb jdn [zufällig] treffen, jdm [zufällig] begegnen
    32. after n (following)
    the government suffered defeat \on defeat die Regierung erlitt eine Niederlage nach der anderen
    wave \on wave of refugees has crossed the border immer neue Flüchtlingswellen strömten über die Grenze
    33. AUS, BRIT SPORT (having points of)
    Clive's team is \on five points while Joan's is \on seven das Team von Clive hat fünf Punkte, das von Joan hat sieben
    34.
    to be \on sth BRIT, AUS etw verdienen
    \on the board in Planung
    to have time \on one's hands noch genug Zeit haben
    to be \on it AUS ( fam) sich akk volllaufen lassen fam, sich dat die Kanne geben BRD fam
    what are you \on? ( fam) bist du noch bei Sinnen? fam
    II. adv inv
    1. (in contact with) auf
    make sure the lid's \on properly pass auf, dass der Deckel richtig zu ist
    they sewed the man's ear back \on sie haben das Ohr des Mannes wieder angenäht
    to screw sth \on etw anschrauben
    I wish you wouldn't screw the lid \on so tightly schraube den Deckel bitte nicht immer so fest
    2. (on body) an
    put a jumper \on! zieh einen Pullover drüber!
    get your shoes \on! zieh dir die Schuhe an!
    to put clothes \on Kleider anziehen [o SCHWEIZ anlegen] fam
    to have/try sth \on etw anhaben/anprobieren
    with nothing \on nackt
    3. (indicating continuance) weiter
    to get \on with sth mit etw dat weitermachen
    to keep \on doing sth etw weitermachen
    if the phone's engaged, keep \on trying! wenn besetzt ist, probier es weiter!
    \on and \on immer weiter
    the noise just went \on and \on der Lärm hörte gar nicht mehr auf
    he talked \on and \on er redete pausenlos
    4. (in forward direction) vorwärts
    would you pass it \on to Paul? würdest du es an Paul weitergeben?
    time's getting \on die Zeit vergeht
    from that day \on von diesem Tag an
    they never spoke to each other from that day \on seit diesem Tag haben sie kein Wort mehr miteinander gewechselt
    later \on später
    what are you doing later \on? was hast du nachher vor?
    to move \on (move forward) weitergehen; (transfer to another place) umziehen
    to urge sb \on jdn anspornen
    I'd never have managed this if my friend hadn't urged me \on ich hätte das nie geschafft, wenn mein Freund mich nicht dazu gedrängt hätte
    5. (being shown)
    to be \on auf dem Programm stehen
    are there any good films \on at the cinema this week? laufen in dieser Woche irgendwelche guten Filme im Kino?
    what's \on at the festival? was ist für das Festival geplant?
    there's a good film \on this afternoon heute Nachmittag kommt ein guter Film
    6. (scheduled) geplant
    is the party still \on for tomorrow? ist die Party noch für morgen geplant?
    I've got nothing \on next week ich habe nächste Woche nichts vor
    I've got a lot \on this week ich habe mir für diese Woche eine Menge vorgenommen
    7. (functioning) an
    the brakes are \on die Bremsen sind angezogen
    is the central heating \on? ist die Zentralheizung an?
    to put the kettle \on das Wasser aufsetzen
    to leave the light \on das Licht anlassen
    to switch/turn sth \on etw einschalten
    could you switch \on the radio? könntest du das Radio anmachen?
    8. (aboard)
    the horse galloped off as soon as she was \on kaum war sie aufgesessen, da galoppierte das Pferd schon los
    to get \on bus, train einsteigen; horse aufsitzen
    9. (due to perform)
    you're \on! du bist dran!
    10.
    to be \on employee Dienst haben, im Dienst sein; actor auf der Bühne stehen, spielen
    11. AM (performing well)
    to be \on gut drauf sein fam
    12.
    to be \on about sth AUS, BRIT dauernd über etw akk reden
    what are you \on about? wovon redest du denn nun schon wieder?
    he knows what he's \on about er weiß, wovon er redet
    I never understand what she's \on about ich verstehe nie, wovon sie es hat fam
    to be [or get] \on at sb jdm in den Ohren liegen
    she's still \on at me to get my hair cut sie drängt mich dauernd, mir die Haare schneiden zu lassen
    to be \on AM aufpassen
    to hang \on warten
    head \on frontal
    that's not \on BRIT, AUS ( fam) das ist nicht in Ordnung
    \on and off, off and \on hin und wieder, ab und zu
    side [or sideways] \on AUS, BRIT seitlich
    the bike hit our car side \on das Rad prallte von der Seite auf unser Auto
    to be \on to something ( fam) etw spitzgekriegt haben fam
    to be \on to sb ( fam) jds Absichten durchschauen
    this way \on AUS, BRIT auf diese Weise
    to be well \on spät sein
    to be well \on in years nicht mehr der Jüngste sein
    you're \on! einverstanden!, abgemacht! fam
    III. adj inv, attr
    1. AM (good) gut
    this seems to be one of her \on days es scheint einer von ihren guten Tagen zu sein
    2. ELEC, TECH
    \on switch Einschalter m
    * * *
    [ɒn]
    1. PREPOSITION
    When on is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg live on, lecture on, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg on the right, on request, on occasion, look up the other word.
    1) indicating place, position auf (+dat); (with vb of motion) auf (+acc); (on vertical surface, part of body) an (+dat); (with vb of motion) an (+acc)

    he hung it on the wall/nail — er hängte es an die Wand/den Nagel

    a house on the coast/main road — ein Haus am Meer/an der Hauptstraße

    he hit his head on the table/on the ground — er hat sich (dat) den Kopf am Tisch/auf dem or am Boden angeschlagen

    on TV/the radio — im Fernsehen/Radio

    2)

    = by means of, using we went on the train/bus — wir fuhren mit dem Zug/Bus

    on foot/horseback — zu Fuß/Pferd

    3) = about, concerning über (+acc)

    stars visible on clear nights — Sterne, die in klaren Nächten sichtbar sind

    5)

    = earning, getting I'm on £18,000 a year — ich bekomme £ 18.000 im Jahr

    6) = at the time of bei (+dat)

    on hearing this he left — als er das hörte, ging er

    7) = as a result of auf... (acc) hin

    he is on the committee/the board — er gehört dem Ausschuss/Vorstand an, er sitzt im Ausschuss/Vorstand

    he is on the "Evening News" — er ist bei der "Evening News"

    9)

    = doing to be on a course (Sch, Univ)an einem Kurs teilnehmen

    10)

    = at the expense of this round is on me — diese Runde geht auf meine Kosten

    have it on me — das spendiere ich (dir), ich gebe (dir) das aus

    See:
    house
    11) = compared with im Vergleich zu

    prices are up on last year( 's) — im Vergleich zum letzten Jahr sind die Preise gestiegen

    12)

    = taking to be on drugs/the pill — Drogen/die Pille nehmen

    13)

    indicating repetition he made mistake on mistake — er machte einen Fehler nach dem anderen

    14)

    musical instrument he played (it) on the violin/trumpet — er spielte (es) auf der Geige/Trompete

    on drums/piano — am Schlagzeug/Klavier

    Roland Kirk on tenor sax — Roland Kirk, Tenorsaxofon

    15) = according to nach (+dat)

    on your theory — Ihrer Theorie nach or zufolge, nach Ihrer Theorie

    2. ADVERB
    1)

    = in place, covering he screwed the lid on — er schraubte den Deckel drauf

    she had nothing on —

    2)

    indicating position put it this way on — stellen/legen Sie es so herum (darauf)

    3)

    indicating forward movement move on! — gehen Sie weiter!, weitergehen!

    4)

    indicating time from now on — von jetzt an

    it was well on in the night — es war zu vorgerückter Stunde, es war spät in der Nacht

    5)

    indicating continuation to keep on talking — immer weiterreden, in einem fort reden

    6)

    set structures __diams; on and on they talked on and on — sie redeten und redeten, sie redeten unentwegt

    he's always on at me — er hackt dauernd auf mir herum, er meckert dauernd an mir herum (inf)

    he's always on at me to get my hair cut — er liegt mir dauernd in den Ohren, dass ich mir die Haare schneiden lassen soll

    what's he on about? —

    he knows what he's on about — er weiß, wovon er redet

    3. ADJECTIVE
    1) = switched on, functioning lights, TV, radio an; brake angezogen; electricity, gas an(gestellt)

    the "on" switch — der Einschalter

    in the "on" position —

    2) = in place lid, cover drauf

    his hat/tie was on crookedly — sein Hut saß/sein Schlips hing schief

    his hat/coat was already on — er hatte den Hut schon auf/den Mantel schon an

    3)

    = taking place there's a tennis match on at the moment — ein Tennismatch ist gerade im Gang

    what's on in London? —

    4)

    = being performed, performing to be on (in theatre, cinema) — gegeben or gezeigt werden; (on TV, radio) gesendet or gezeigt werden

    who's on tonight? (Theat, Film) — wer spielt heute Abend?, wer tritt heute Abend auf?; (TV) wer kommt heute Abend (im Fernsehen)?

    you're on now (Theat, Rad, TV) — Ihr Auftritt!, Sie sind (jetzt) dran (inf)

    tell me when the English team is on — sagen Sie mir, wenn die englische Mannschaft dran ist or drankommt

    5)

    indicating agreement, acceptability to be on (bet, agreement)gelten

    you're on! —

    are you on? ( inf = are you with us ) —,, machst du mit?

    you're/he's not on ( Brit inf )das ist nicht drin (inf)

    * * *
    on [ɒn; US auch ɑn]
    A präp
    1. meist auf (dat oder akk) ( siehe die mit on verbundenen Wörter)
    2. (getragen von) auf (dat), an (dat), in (dat):
    the scar on his face die Narbe in seinem Gesicht;
    a ring on one’s finger ein Ring am Finger;
    have you got a lighter on you? haben Sie ein Feuerzeug bei sich?;
    find sth on sb etwas bei jemandem finden
    4. (Richtung, Ziel) auf (akk) … (hin), an (akk), zu:
    a blow on the chin ein Schlag ans Kinn;
    drop sth on the floor etwas auf den Fußboden oder zu Boden fallen lassen;
    hang sth on a peg etwas an einen Haken hängen
    5. fig (auf der Grundlage von) auf (akk) … (hin):
    based on facts auf Tatsachen begründet;
    live on air von (der) Luft leben;
    this car runs on petrol dieser Wagen fährt mit Benzin;
    a scholar on a foundation ein Stipendiat (einer Stiftung);
    borrow on jewels sich auf Schmuck(stücke) Geld borgen;
    a duty on silk (ein) Zoll auf Seide;
    interest on one’s capital Zinsen auf sein Kapital
    6. (aufeinanderfolgend) auf (akk), über (akk), nach:
    loss on loss Verlust auf oder über Verlust, ein Verlust nach dem andern;
    be on one’s second glass bei seinem zweiten Glas sein
    7. (gehörig) zu, (beschäftigt) bei, in (dat), an (dat):
    be on a committee (the jury, the general staff) zu einem Ausschuss (zu den Geschworenen, zum Generalstab) gehören;
    be on the “Daily Mail” bei der „Daily Mail“ (beschäftigt) sein
    8. (Zustand) in (dat), auf (dat):
    be on sth etwas (ein Medikament etc) (ständig) nehmen;
    be on pills tablettenabhängig oder -süchtig sein
    9. (gerichtet) auf (akk):
    a joke on me ein Spaß auf meine Kosten;
    shut (open) the door on sb jemandem die Tür verschließen (öffnen);
    the strain tells severely on him die Anstrengung nimmt ihn sichtlich mit;
    it’s on me umg das geht auf meine Rechnung, das zahle ich, (im Lokal auch) du bist eingeladen;
    a) jemandem nichts voraus haben,
    b) jemandem nichts anhaben können;
    have sth on sb umg eine Handhabe gegen jemanden haben, etwas Belastendes über jemanden wissen
    10. (Thema) über (akk):
    an agreement (a lecture, an opinion) on sth;
    11. (Zeitpunkt) an (dat):
    on Sunday, on the 1st of April, on April 1st;
    on or after April 1st ab oder mit Wirkung vom 1. April;
    on or before April 1st bis zum oder bis spätestens am 1. April;
    on being asked als ich etc (danach) gefragt wurde
    12. nachdem:
    on leaving school, he … nachdem er die Schule verlassen hatte, …
    13. gegenüber, im Vergleich zu:
    losses were £100,000 down on the previous year
    B adv
    place ( screw, etc) on
    a) an…:
    b) auf…:
    keep one’s hat on
    talk ( walk, etc) on;
    and so on und so weiter;
    on and on immer weiter;
    a) ab und zu,
    b) ab und an, mit Unterbrechungen;
    from that day on von dem Tage an;
    on with the show! weiter im Programm!;
    on to … auf (akk) … (hinauf oder hinaus)
    C adj präd
    a) im Gange sein (Spiel etc), vor sich gehen:
    what’s on? was ist los?;
    what’s on in London? was ist in London los?, was tut sich in London?;
    have you anything on tomorrow? haben Sie morgen etwas vor?;
    that’s not on! das ist nicht drin! umg
    b) an sein umg (Licht, Radio, Wasser etc), an-, eingeschaltet sein, laufen, auf sein umg (Hahn):
    on - off TECH An - Aus;
    the light is on das Licht brennt oder ist an(geschaltet);
    the brakes are on die Bremsen sind angezogen;
    the race is on SPORT das Rennen ist gestartet;
    you are on! abgemacht!
    c) THEAT gegeben werden (Stück), laufen (Film), ( RADIO, TV) gesendet werden (Programm)
    d) d(a)ran (an der Reihe) sein
    e) (mit) dabei sein, mitmachen
    2. be on to umg etwas spitzgekriegt haben, über jemanden od etwas im Bilde sein
    3. umg be a bit on einen Schwips haben;
    be well on ganz schön blau sein
    4. he’s always on at me umg er bearbeitet mich ständig, er liegt mir dauernd in den Ohren ( beide:
    about wegen)
    * * *
    1.
    [ɒn]preposition
    1) (position) auf (+ Dat.); (direction) auf (+ Akk.); (attached to) an (+ Dat./Akk.)

    on the bus/train — im Bus/Zug; (by bus/train) mit dem Bus/Zug

    be on the board/committee — im Vorstand/Ausschuss sein

    2) (with basis, motive, etc. of)

    on the assumption/hypothesis that... — angenommen,...

    3) in expressions of time an [einem Abend, Tag usw.]

    on [his] arrival — bei seiner Ankunft

    on entering the room... — beim Betreten des Zimmers...

    on time or schedule — pünktlich

    4) expr. state etc

    the drinks are on me(coll.) die Getränke gehen auf mich

    be on £20,000 a year — 20 000 Pfund im Jahr kriegen od. haben

    5) (concerning, about) über (+ Akk.)
    2. adverb
    1)

    with/without a hat/coat on — mit/ohne Hut/Mantel

    boil something with/without the lid on — etwas in geschlossenem/offenem Topf kochen

    the light/radio etc. is on — das Licht/Radio usw. ist an

    what's on at the cinema?was gibt es od. was läuft im Kino?

    come/be on — seinen Dienst antreten/Dienst haben

    7)

    something is on (feasible) /not on — etwas ist möglich/ausgeschlossen

    you're on!(coll.): (I agree) abgemacht!; (making bet) die Wette gilt!

    be on about somebody/something — (coll.) [dauernd] über jemanden/etwas sprechen

    what is he on about? — was will er [sagen]?

    be on at/keep on and on at somebody — (coll.) jemandem in den Ohren/dauernd in den Ohren liegen (ugs.)

    on to, onto — auf (+ Akk.)

    be on to something(have discovered something) etwas ausfindig gemacht haben. See also right 4. 4)

    * * *
    adj.
    eingeschaltet adj.
    in adj. prep.
    an präp.
    auf präp.
    bei präp.
    über präp.

    English-german dictionary > on

  • 4 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 5 على

    عَلَى \ against: touching (usually sth. upright): The rain beat against the window. He pressed his nose against the glass. on: showing where sb. or sth. is placed: He lay on his back on the bed. The picture hung on a nail on the wall. Your name is on the list. He hit me on the nose. The boat is on the river (in the water). The house is on the river (beside the water), as in the previous meaning, but with movement (often with to) He jumped on (to) his horse. The book fell on (to) the floor. onto: on to: He sprang onto the table. over: lying across; resting on; covering: A cloud was over the sun. She spread a cloth over the table, across the surface of Ships sail over the sea, above (in rank, etc.) He rules over a proud people, about; concerning They quarrelled over the resutl of the race. You need not hurry over your dinner. upon: on. \ عَلَى \ on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea; on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. \ See Also نَحْوَ البَرّ، اليابسة (اليَابِسَة)‏ \ عَلَى \ ashore: on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea. \ See Also نَحْوَ الشّاطِئ \ عَلَى اتِّصَال (عكس مُنْقَطع عن)‏ \ in touch: (the opposite is out of touch) giving or receiving news: I’ve been in touch with my brother by telephone. The radio keeps us in touch with world events. \ عَلَى أتَمّ ما يكُون من التَّرتيب والهِنْدام \ spick and span: (as a predic. phrase) neat, clean and bright: Sailors usually keep their boats spick and span. \ عَلَى الأَثير \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى أَحْسَن وَجْه \ best, well, better: in the best way: Peter played best last week. \ عَلَى أرْبَع \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. \ عَلَى الأرض \ over: from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. She bent over to pick it up. \ عَلَى استعداد \ content: willing: I’m content to wait for my turn. \ عَلَى أشُدِّه \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى الإطلاق \ little: (coming just before the verb) not at all: I little knew (or Little did I know) that next day he would be dead. not in the least: not at all: It doesn’t matter in the least. whatever: at all: I have no money whatever. whatsoever: a strong form of whatever; at all: Tell him nothing whatsoever!. \ عَلَى الأَغْلَب \ for the most part: mostly: He is old and for the most part he stays at home. \ عَلَى أَقْصَى ما تستطيع رؤيتَه \ in the distance: far away (from the point where one is): In the distance he could see the mountains. \ عَلَى الأَقَلّ \ a good: (with numbers) at least: He lives a good 3 miles away. at least: (showing that sth. is true, necessary, etc., even if sth. else is not) in spite of what has just been said or is just going to be said: He may be lazy but at least he’s honest. You can at least be polite even if you don’t like him, not less than It cost at least $100. quite: at least; not less than: The journey took quite three hours. \ عَلَى الأَكثَر \ largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ عَلَى انفِراد \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private. \ عَلَى أُهْبَة الاستعداد \ stand by: to be ready, in case one may be needed: The soldiers were told to stand by. \ عَلَى أَيّ حال \ anyhow: in any case: I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. anyway: in any case: I may be late; anyway, don’t wait for me, in any case I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. at all events, in any event: in any case; whatever may happen or has happened: He didn’t win but, at all events, he did try hard. at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. in any case: no matter what else may be considered, anyhow: It costs too much. In any case, I don’t really need it. \ عَلَى أيَّة حال \ all the same, at the same time: (only at the start of a sentence; comparing points that are for and against) in spite of this: He’s not clever; all the same, he does try hard. however: all the same; in spite of what has just been said: I’m very tired; however, I’ll come and help you. \ عَلَى بُعد \ away: at a distance: Brighton is 60 miles away. Keep away from the wet paint. beyond: further; on or to the farther side: I looked across the river to the hills beyond. \ عَلَى التَّخْصِيص \ in particular: especially: I enjoyed his first song in particular. \ عَلَى التَّوَالي \ respectively: separately, in that order: Boys and girls will be examined on Monday and Tuesday respectively (the boys on Monday, the girls on Tuesday). \ عَلَى جَانِب \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ عَلَى الجميع \ round: to everyone: He handed the coffee round. There were not enough cups to go round. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ \ as far as, so far as: (showing a limit): As far as I know, he’s not here. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ سَواء \ alike: in the same way: He treats us all alike. \ عَلَى حَدِّ عِلْمي \ to the best knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ عَلَى حِدَة \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private?. separate: not joined or shared; apart: Keep the new milk separate from the old. \ عَلَى حَقّ (مُحِقّ)‏ \ be in the right: not be at fault: Although they said she’d made a mistake, they discovered she was in the right. \ عَلَى حِين غِرَّة \ all of a sudden: in a sudden manner. suddenly: in a sudden manner: The door opened suddenly. \ عَلَى خَطَأ \ in the wrong: mistaken (in one’s judgement, behaviour etc.). \ عَلَى الدَّوام \ always: at all times. \ عَلَى رؤوس الأصابِع \ on tiptoe: on the tips of one’s toes: I can reach that if I stand on tiptoe. \ عَلَى الرّاجح \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِن \ despite: in spite of: Despite his age, the old man walks several miles every day. for all: in spite of: For all his strength, he could not lift it. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. spite, in spite of: (of sth. that fails) even with: In spite of his efforts, he could not save her life, without regard to; not caring about (a difficulty) In spite of his illness, he attended the ceremony. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِنْ أَنَّ \ although: in spite of the fact that; (without a verb) in spite of being: Although (he was) ill, he went to work. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم من ذلك \ even so: in spite of that: He may be foolish; even so, you should help him. just the same: (showing one thing that is not the natural result of another) in spite of this: He’s a thief, but I like him just the same. nevertheless: in spite of that: I told him it would be dangerous, but nevertheless he did it. still: in spite of that: We rarely win; but still, we enjoy playing. \ عَلَى سَبيل المِثال \ for instance: as an example: He’s often late. Yesterday, for instance, he came home after midnight. \ عَلَى السَّطح كلِّه \ over: (esp. with all) across a surface: The table was wet all over. He rubbed it over with a dry cloth. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. I soon drew level with the leading runner. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ flush: exactly on a level with; not sticking out from; meeting exactly at the edges: The door is flush with the wall when it is closed. \ See Also مستوى (مُسْتَوًى)‏ \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة واحدة \ even: equal: The table legs were not of even length. He shared the money evenly among them. \ عَلَى شاكِلَة \ like: the same as: What is he like (in appearance and character)? He’s just like his father., What does it feel (or look or taste or smell or sound) like?. in the same way as:: He swims like a fish. \ عَلَى شَرْط \ provide (that), also providing (that): if; on condition that: I’ll go, provided (that) you’ll go too. \ عَلَى شَفَا \ on the brink of: close to (sth. dangerous or exciting): on the brink of war. on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ See Also شفير (الموت أو الإفلاس، إلخ)، عَلى وَشْك \ عَلَى صَهْوَةِ الجَوَاد \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ضِغْن \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ See Also على غير رَغْبَة \ عَلَى طُولِ \ along: following the line of: He ran along the road. down: along (without regard to level): We raced down the street. My friend lives just down the road. \ عَلَى ظَهْر \ on deck: on an uncovered deck, in the open air. \ See Also سَطْح السفينة \ عَلَى ظَهْر الحِصان \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ظَهْر السَّفينة \ on board: on (or on to) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ عَلَى ظَهْر الصَّفْحَة \ overleaf: on the back of the page: Please fill in this paper, and sign your name overleaf. \ عَلَى عَرْض \ across: over; from one side to the other of: He ran across the street. There is a bridge across the stream. \ عَلَى العَكْس \ on the contrary: (expressing disagreement) the opposite is true: It’s not worn out - on the contrary, it’s quite new. \ عَلَى عِلْم بِـ \ familiar with: knowing; accustomed to: I’m not familiar with English law. \ عَلَى عُلُوّ \ high: (in compounds) to the height of: The grass was waist-high. \ عَلَى الغالِب \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ عَلَى غَيْر انتظار \ surprisingly: unexpectedly: a surprisingly good result. \ عَلَى غَيْر رَغْبَة \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ عَلَى غَيْر هُدًى \ adrift: (of boats) loose; floating about with no control: Our ship was wrecked and we were left adrift in a small boat on the ocean. \ عَلَى فَتَرات مُنْتَظِمة \ periodically: from time to time. \ عَلَى فَرض أنّ \ (conj.) supposing: if: Supposing he’s late, shall we wait for him? Even supposing the lorry comes, it will still be too late. \ عَلَى الفِطْرة \ na]ve: too simple to be sensible; lacking wisdom and experience: a na]ve question; a na]ve young girl. \ عَلَى فِكْرَة \ by the way: used to show that the speaker is about to change the subject: Thank you for your help. By the way, would you like to come to our party next week?. \ عَلَى الفَوْر \ directly: at once: He arrived directly after me. instantly: at once. off-hand: without thought or preparation: I can’t say off-hand what it cost, but it was over $1000. \ عَلَى قافية واحدة \ rhyme: (of word endings) to have the same sound: ‘Consideration’ rhymes with ‘nation’, ‘Port’ rhymes with ‘thought’. ‘Pleasure’ rhymes with ‘measure’ but not with ‘pressure’. \ عَلَى قَدْر \ according to: in the proper way for; depending on: Each man was paid according to his skill. \ عَلَى قَدَم وَسَاق \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى قَيْد الحَيَاة \ alive: living: He was buried alive when part of a cliff fell on him. \ عَلَى كُلّ حال \ at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. \ عَلَى مَا يَبْدُو \ apparently: it seems (from what people say): I thought she was 15, but apparently is older. \ عَلَى ما يَصِل إليه عِلْمي \ to the best of my knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, my son has never met her. \ See Also على مَبْلَغ علمي \ عَلَى المَدَى الطَّويل \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ عَلَى مسؤوليَّته الشخصيّة \ at one’s own risk: agreeing that any troube will be one’s own fault: The bridge is unsafe but you can cross it at your own risk. \ عَلَى مسافة قريبة مِن \ off: a short distance from: an island off the English coast. \ عَلَى مُسْتَوًى \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. \ عَلَى مِصْرَاعَيْه (فَتَحَ الباب)‏ \ wide: (with open) fully: open the door wide. Leave it wide open. \ عَلَى نَحْو مماثِل \ similarly: in the same way: They were similarly dressed. \ عَلَى نَسَق \ on the lines of: in the general form of: We’re planning some sports on the lines of the Olympic Games, but for schoolboys only. \ عَلَى نَفْس الوَتيرة \ even: (of movement) regular; steady: Her heart was not beating evenly. \ عَلَى نَوبات \ fits and starts: in short bursts; starting and stopping: The engine only goes in fits and starts. \ See Also فترات \ عَلَى هذا المُعَدَّل \ at that rate: if those conditions continue: He keeps stopping for a rest; at that rate, he won’t finish the job today. \ عَلَى هذا النَّحْو \ so: in this way; in that way: Don’t shout so!. thus: in this way. \ عَلَى الهَوَاء \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى وَتِيرَة واحدة \ monotonous: (of a voice, a job, a way of life, etc.) dull, never changing and therefore uninteresting. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ \ unusually: (with an adj.) very; strangely: It is unusually cold in here today. \ See Also بشكل غير عاديّ \ عَلَى وَجْهِ التَّقْريب \ roughly: (with numbers and amounts) not exactly; about: roughly 50 trees; roughly a mile away. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ الخُصُوص \ particularly: especially: a particularly nasty smell. \ عَلَى الوَجهِ الصحيح \ duly: properly; as expected: The bill was duly paid. The train duly arrived. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ العُمُوم \ in general: in most cases: Men in general are taller than women. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ ما \ somehow: in some way or other, by some means or other: I’ll pay for it somehow, even if I have to ask someone to lend me the money. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ مُسْتَهْجَن \ oddly: strangely: She behaved very oddly last night. \ عَلَى مِقْدار عِلْمي \ for all I know: as far as I know: For all I know, you may have stolen this. \ عَلَى مَقْرُبةٍ \ near: close to, in position: His house is near my own. \ عَلَى مَقرُبة مِن \ about: around; near There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ عَلَى مَهْل \ leisurely: without haste: He likes a leisurely walk in the evening. \ عَلَى نَحْو أسوأ \ worse: more bad; more badly: Murder is worse than stealing. It is a worse crime. You write even worse than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ أَفْضَل \ better, well, best: in a better way: He drives better than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْو تامّ \ strictly: exactly: Strictly speaking (If I tell you the exact truth) this ticket is out of date; but I’ll let you travel with it. \ See Also كامل (كامِل)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْو خَطير \ badly: seriously: He was badly wounded. \ عَلَى نَحْو رَخْو \ loosely: in a loose way: a loosely tied knot. \ See Also غير مُحْكَم \ عَلَى نَحْو رَدِيء \ badly: in a bad manner: badly dressed; badly made. \ عَلَى نَحْو صارم \ strictly: very firmly: Smoking in this cinema is strictly forbidden. \ See Also دَقيق \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ right: correctly: You guessed right. \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ rightly: justly; correctly: You acted rightly. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائم)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ كَامِل \ absolutely: without conditions: You must agree absolutely and not to try to change matters later. \ عَلَى نَحو مألوف \ ordinarily: usually. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُرْضٍ \ well: (the adv. form of the adj. good; see better, best) in a good and pleasing way: Well done! You played very well. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُلحّ \ badly: (with need, want) very much: They need money badly. \ عَلَى وَشْك \ on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. \ عَلَى وَشْك أَنْ \ be about to do sth.: to be ready to do it; be just going to do it: I was about to go when he arrived. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ عَلَى يَد (مِن قِبَل)‏ \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ عَلَى اليدين والرِّجلين \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle.

    Arabic-English dictionary > على

  • 6 on

    on [ɒn]
    sur1A (a)-(d), 1A (f), 1B (a), 1C (a), 1C (d), 1D (a)-(c), 1D (j) à1A (c), 1D (f), 1D (h), 1D (i), 1D (j), 1F (c), 1F (f) en1A (c), 1F (g) par rapport à1C (e) selon1D (d) de1F (d) allumé3 (a) ouvert3 (a) en marche3 (a) de garde3 (c) de service3 (c)
    A.
    the vase is on the shelf le vase est sur l'étagère;
    put it on the shelf mets-le sur l'étagère;
    on the floor par terre;
    on the ceiling au plafond;
    there are posters on the walls il y a des affiches aux ou sur les murs;
    there was blood on the walls il y avait du sang sur les murs;
    a coat was hanging on the hook un manteau était accroché à la patère;
    the post with the seagull on it le poteau sur lequel il y a la mouette;
    he has a ring on his finger il a une bague au doigt;
    to lie on one's back/side être allongé sur le dos/côté;
    on this side de ce côté;
    on the other side of the page de l'autre côté de la page;
    on page four à la quatrième page, à la page quatre;
    on the left/right à gauche/droite
    I had nothing to write on je n'avais rien sur quoi écrire;
    red on a green background rouge sur un fond vert
    (c) (indicating general location, area)
    he works on a building site il travaille sur un chantier;
    they live on a farm ils habitent une ferme;
    there's been an accident on the M1 il y a eu un accident sur la M1;
    room on the second floor chambre au second (étage);
    on Arran/the Isle of Wight sur Arran/l'île de Wight;
    on Corsica/Crete en Corse/Crète;
    on Majorca/Minorca à Majorque/Minorque
    I kissed him on the cheek je l'ai embrassé sur la joue;
    someone tapped me on the shoulder quelqu'un m'a tapé sur l'épaule
    the village is right on the lake/sea le village est juste au bord du lac/de la mer
    (f) (indicating movement, direction)
    the mirror fell on the floor la glace est tombée par terre;
    to climb on(to) a wall grimper sur un mur;
    they marched on the capital ils marchèrent sur la capitale;
    don't tread on it ne marchez pas dessus
    B.
    I only had £10 on me je n'avais que 10 livres sur moi;
    she's got a gun on her elle est armée
    he had a scornful smile on his face il affichait un sourire plein de mépris
    C.
    (a) (indicating purpose of money, time, effort spent) sur;
    I spent hours on that essay j'ai passé des heures sur cette dissertation;
    she spent £1,000 on her new stereo elle a dépensé 1000 livres pour acheter sa nouvelle chaîne hi-fi;
    to put money on a horse parier ou miser sur un cheval;
    what are you working on at the moment? sur quoi travaillez-vous en ce moment?
    I am here on business je suis ici pour affaires;
    to be on strike être en grève;
    he's off on a trip to Brazil il part pour un voyage au Brésil;
    to go on safari faire un safari;
    she was sent on a course on l'a envoyée suivre des cours;
    I'm on nights next week je suis de nuit la semaine prochaine;
    he's on lunch/a break il est en train de déjeuner/faire la pause;
    she's been on the committee for years ça fait des années qu'elle siège au comité
    (c) (indicating special interest, pursuit)
    she's keen on music elle a la passion de la musique;
    he's good on modern history il excelle en histoire moderne;
    she's very big on equal opportunities l'égalité des chances, c'est son cheval de bataille
    on a large/small scale sur une grande/petite échelle
    (e) (compared with) par rapport à;
    imports are up/down on last year les importations sont en hausse/en baisse par rapport à l'année dernière;
    it's an improvement on the old system c'est une amélioration par rapport à l'ancien système
    D.
    (a) (about, on the subject of) sur;
    a book/film on the French Revolution un livre/film sur la Révolution française;
    we all agree on that point nous sommes tous d'accord sur ce point;
    I need some advice on a legal matter j'ai besoin de conseils sur un point légal;
    could I speak to you on a matter of some delicacy? pourrais-je vous parler d'une affaire assez délicate?;
    the police have nothing on him la police n'a rien sur lui
    (b) (indicating person, thing affected) sur;
    it has no effect on them cela n'a aucun effet sur eux;
    a tax on alcohol une taxe sur les boissons alcoolisées;
    try it on your parents essaie-le sur tes parents;
    the government must act on inflation le gouvernement doit prendre des mesures contre l'inflation;
    he has survived two attempts on his life il a échappé à deux tentatives d'assassinat;
    it's unfair on women c'est injuste envers les femmes;
    the joke's on you! c'est toi qui as l'air ridicule!
    I cut my finger on a piece of glass je me suis coupé le doigt sur un morceau de verre
    everyone will be judged on their merits chacun sera jugé selon ses mérites;
    candidates are selected on their examination results les candidats sont choisis en fonction des résultats qu'ils ont obtenus à l'examen
    (e) (indicating reason, motive for action)
    on impulse sur un coup de tête;
    the police acted on information from abroad la police est intervenue après avoir reçu des renseignements de l'étranger;
    I shall refuse on principle je refuserai par principe
    (f) (included in, forming part of)
    your name isn't on the list votre nom n'est pas sur la liste;
    the books on the syllabus les livres au programme;
    on the agenda à l'ordre du jour
    (g) (indicating method, system)
    they work on a rota system ils travaillent par roulement;
    reorganized on a more rational basis réorganisé sur une base plus rationnelle
    on foot/horseback à pied/cheval;
    on the bus/train dans le bus/train;
    she arrived on the midday bus/train elle est arrivée par le bus/train de midi;
    on a bicycle à bicyclette
    to play a tune on the flute jouer un air à la flûte;
    who's on guitar/on drums? qui est à la guitare/à la batterie?
    , Television & Theatre I heard it on the radio/on television je l'ai entendu à la radio/à la télévision;
    it's the first time she's been on television c'est la première fois qu'elle passe à la télévision;
    what's on the other channel or side? qu'est-ce qu'il y a sur l'autre chaîne?;
    on stage sur scène
    it's all on computer tout est sur ordinateur;
    on file sur fichier
    E.
    INDICATING DATE, TIME ETC
    on the 6th of July le 6 juillet;
    on or about the 12th vers le 12;
    on Christmas Day le jour de Noël;
    I'll see her on Monday je la vois lundi;
    on Monday morning lundi matin;
    I don't work on Mondays je ne travaille pas le lundi;
    on a Monday morning in February un lundi matin (du mois) de février;
    on a fine day in June par une belle journée de juin;
    on time à l'heure;
    every hour on the hour à chaque heure;
    it's just on five o'clock il est cinq heures pile;
    just on a year ago (approximately) il y a près d'un an
    F.
    have a drink on me prenez un verre, c'est moi qui offre;
    the drinks are on me/the house! c'est ma tournée/la tournée du patron!;
    you can get it on the National Health c'est remboursé par la Sécurité sociale
    to live on one's private income/a student grant vivre de ses rentes/d'une bourse d'études;
    you can't live on such a low wage on ne peut pas vivre avec des revenus aussi modestes;
    familiar they're on the dole or on unemployment benefit ils vivent du chômage ou des allocations de chômage ;
    to retire on a pension of £5,000 a year prendre sa retraite avec une pension de 5000 livres par an
    it works on electricity ça marche à l'électricité
    they live on cereals ils se nourrissent de céréales;
    we dined on oysters and champagne nous avons dîné d'huîtres et de champagne
    (e) (indicating drugs, medicine prescribed)
    is she on the pill? est-ce qu'elle prend la pilule?;
    I'm still on antibiotics je suis toujours sous antibiotiques;
    the doctor put her on tranquillizers le médecin lui a prescrit des tranquillisants;
    he's on insulin/heroin il prend de l'insuline/de l'héroïne;
    he's on drugs il se drogue;
    familiar figurative what's he on? il se sent bien?
    he'll deal with it on his return il s'en occupera à son retour;
    looters will be shot on sight les pillards seront abattus sans sommation;
    on the death of his mother à la mort de sa mère;
    on my first/last visit lors de ma première/dernière visite;
    on the count of three à trois
    on hearing the news en apprenant la nouvelle;
    on completing the test candidates should… quand ils auront fini l'examen les candidats devront…
    the lid wasn't on le couvercle n'était pas mis;
    put the top back on afterwards remets le capuchon ensuite
    why have you got your gloves on? pourquoi as-tu mis tes gants?;
    the woman with the blue dress on la femme en robe bleue;
    what had she got on? qu'est-ce qu'elle portait?, comment était-elle habillée?;
    he's got nothing on il est nu
    to read on continuer à lire;
    the car drove on la voiture ne s'est pas arrêtée;
    they walked on ils poursuivirent leur chemin;
    from now or this moment or this time on désormais;
    from that day on à partir ou dater de ce jour;
    well on in years d'un âge avancé;
    earlier/later/further on plus tôt/tard/loin;
    on with the show! que le spectacle continue!
    I've got a lot on this week je suis très occupé cette semaine;
    have you got anything on tonight? tu fais quelque chose ce soir?
    (e) (functioning, running)
    put or turn or switch the television on allume la télévision;
    turn the tap on ouvre le robinet;
    the lights had been left on les lumières étaient restées allumées;
    the tap had been left on le robinet était resté ouvert;
    the car had its headlights on les phares de la voiture étaient allumés
    I have a bet on j'ai fait un pari
    to be or go on about sth parler de qch sans arrêt ;
    he's on about his new car again le voilà reparti sur sa nouvelle voiture;
    what's she on about? qu'est-ce qu'elle raconte?;
    he's always on about the war/teenagers il n'arrête pas de déblatérer sur la guerre/les adolescents;
    my parents are always on at me about my hair mes parents n'arrêtent pas de m'embêter avec mes cheveux;
    I've been on at them for months to get it fixed cela fait des mois que je suis sur leur dos pour qu'ils le fassent réparer
    (a) (working → electricity, light, radio, TV) allumé; (→ gas, tap) ouvert; (→ engine, machine) en marche; (→ handbrake) serré; (→ alarm) enclenché;
    the radio was on very loud la radio hurlait;
    make sure the switches are in the "on" position vérifiez que les interrupteurs sont sur (la position) "marche";
    the "on" button le bouton de mise en marche
    (b) (happening, under way)
    to be on (actor) être en scène;
    we're on in ten minutes c'est à nous dans dix minutes;
    there's a conference on next week il y a une conférence la semaine prochaine;
    the meeting is on right now la réunion est en train de se dérouler;
    the match is still on (on TV) le match n'est pas terminé; (going ahead) le match n'a pas été annulé;
    it's on at the local cinema ça passe au cinéma du quartier;
    the play was on for weeks la pièce a tenu l'affiche pendant des semaines;
    your favourite TV programme is on tonight il y a ton émission préférée à la télé ce soir;
    there's nothing good on (on TV, radio) il n'y a rien de bien;
    is the party still on? est-ce que la soirée se fait toujours?;
    is our deal still on? est-ce que notre affaire tient toujours?;
    the kettle's on for tea j'ai mis de l'eau à chauffer pour le thé;
    hurry up, your dinner's on dépêche-toi, ton dîner va être prêt
    (c) (on duty → in hospital, surgery) de garde; (→ in shop, administration) de service;
    I'm on at three o'clock, then off at nine o'clock je commence à trois heures et je finis à neuf heures
    the odds are twenty to one on la cote est de vingt contre un
    such behaviour just isn't on! une telle conduite est tout à fait inadmissible! ;
    British it's not on! ça va pas du tout!
    (f) familiar (feasible, possible)
    we'll never be ready by tomorrow, it just isn't on nous ne serons jamais prêts pour demain, c'est tout bonnement impossible
    are you still on for dinner tonight? ça marche toujours pour le dîner de ce soir?;
    shall we say £10? - you're on! disons 10 livres? - d'accord ou tope là!;
    if you wash the dishes, I'll dry them - you're on! si tu fais la vaisselle, je l'essuie - ça marche!
    to be on (menstruating) avoir ses ragnagnas
    we went out together on and off for a year on a eu une relation irrégulière pendant un an
    sans arrêt;
    he goes on and on about his minor ailments il nous rebat les oreilles avec ses petits problèmes de santé;
    the play dragged on and on la pièce n'en finissait plus

    Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > on

  • 7 rank

    I 1. ræŋk noun
    1) (a line or row (especially of soldiers or taxis): The officer ordered the front rank to fire.) linje, rekke
    2) ((in the army, navy etc) a person's position of importance: He was promoted to the rank of sergeant/colonel.) grad, rang
    3) (a social class: the lower social ranks.) sosialgruppe/-klasse, stand
    2. verb
    (to have, or give, a place in a group, according to importance: I would rank him among our greatest writers; Apes rank above dogs in intelligence.) stille, regne, rangere
    II ræŋk adjective
    1) (complete; absolute: rank stupidity; The race was won by a rank outsider.) totalt, regelrett
    2) (unpleasantly stale and strong: a rank smell of tobacco.) stram, ekkel
    rad
    --------
    rang
    --------
    rangere
    --------
    rekke
    I
    subst. \/ræŋk\/
    1) rekke
    2) ( overført) rekke
    3) ( militærvesen) (ge)ledd, rekke
    4) ( militærvesen) rang, grad
    5) (sosial) rang, (samfunns)klasse, stand
    6) ( overført) rang
    7) ( EDB) nivåtall
    8) ( sjakk) rad
    break rank(s) ( også overført) bryte ut av rekken
    close ranks about somebody slutte opp om noen
    front rank ( militærvesen) forreste rekke, fremste ledd
    the inferior ranks ( militærvesen) de lavere gradene
    in the front rank ( overført) i forreste rekke, førsteklasses, blant de fremste
    keep rank(s) holde rekken
    other ranks (britisk, militærvesen) korporaler og menige
    persons of rank standpersoner, fornemt folk
    pull (one's) rank (on somebody) ( hverdagslig) utnytte sin stilling (for å kommandere noen), bruke sin innflytelse
    the ranks are thinning det tynnes i rekkene
    rear rank ( militærvesen) bakre rekke
    reduce somebody to the ranks ( militærvesen) degradere noen til menig
    rise from\/through the ranks ( militærvesen) forfremmes fra de meniges rekker ( overført) arbeide seg frem
    superior ranks ( militærvesen) høyere grader
    take rank of ha høyere rang enn
    take rank with være i klasse med, stille seg i klasse med
    taxi rank drosjeholdeplass
    the rank and file vanlige mennesker
    the ranks ( militærvesen) de menige
    II
    verb \/ræŋk\/
    1) stille i\/på rekke, stille på geledd
    2) ordne
    3) gradere, klassifisere, vurdere, plassere, sette, rangere, rangordne
    4) (amer.) ha høyere grad\/rang enn, rangere høyere enn
    5) ligge som, være rangert som
    III
    adj. \/ræŋk\/
    1) altfor yppig, altfor frodig, overgrodd, tettvoksende, overvokst
    2) ram, stram, illeluktende, stinkende
    3) ( om språk) vulgært, motbydelig
    4) regelrett, ren, fullstendig
    rank lunacy\/nonsense
    5) åpenbar, tydelig

    English-Norwegian dictionary > rank

  • 8 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 9 machinery

    1. организационный аппарат
    2. оборудование
    3. механизм
    4. машины и оборудование
    5. машины
    6. машинное оборудование

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

     

    машины
    оборудование


    [Я.Н.Лугинский, М.С.Фези-Жилинская, Ю.С.Кабиров. Англо-русский словарь по электротехнике и электроэнергетике, Москва]

    машины
    Машина представляет собой аппарат, использующий или применяющий механическую энергию, состоящий из нескольких частей — каждая со своими определенными функциями, которые вместе выполняют некоторые виды работ. Для целей анализа это понятие включает отдельные машины или наборы машин. См. Машины и оборудование (МСО)
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

     

    машины и оборудование

    [ http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    машины и оборудование
    МСО
    Часть основных фондов компании (предприятия), которая включает устройства, преобразующие энергию, материалы и информацию. В аналитической и оценочной практике в общее понятие М. и о. включаются отдельно оцениваемые установки, машины, оборудование и транспортные средства, подразделяемые на виды, а каждый вид – на марки (последним термином для краткости можно обозначать разные модели и модификации машины). Разные марки машин одного вида используются для одних и тех же целей: они способны производить одну и ту же продукцию, выполнять одни и те же работы или оказывать одни и те же услуги ( в противном случае их надо относить в другому виду машин), а следовательно, «взаимозаменяемы» и являются товарами, конкурирующими между собой на рынке Рынок машин каждого вида делится на первичный (новые М..) и вторичный (бывшие в эксплуатации), для которых применяются разные оценочные приемы и инструменты.. М.и о. являются главным объектом инвестирования при разработке и реализации инвестиционного проекта, и, соответственно, одним из основных элементов оценки инвестиционных проектов. Важно, что в отличие от ценных бумаг, акций, М.и о. являются объектами реальных инвестиций, а не финансовых инвестиций.
    [ http://slovar-lopatnikov.ru/]

    EN

    machinery
    A group of parts or machines arranged to perform a useful function. (Source: MGH)
    [http://www.eionet.europa.eu/gemet/alphabetic?langcode=en]

    Тематики

    Синонимы

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    механизм
    Совокупность подвижно соединённых звеньев, совершающих под действием приложенных сил заранее определённые целесообразные движения
    [Терминологический словарь по строительству на 12 языках (ВНИИИС Госстроя СССР)]

    машины, механизмы

    Совокупность связанных между собой частей и устройств, как минимум одно из которых движется, имеет соответствующий привод, органы управления и энергетические узлы, соединенные вместе для определенного применения, например для обработки, переработки, производства, транспортирования или упаковки материалов.
    Термины «машина» и «механизм» также распространяются на совокупность машин, которые размещаются и управляются таким образом, чтобы функционировать как единое целое.
    Примечание
    В приложении А приведено общее схематическое изображение машины.
    [ ГОСТ Р ИСО 12100-1:2007]

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    оборудование
    Совокупность связанных между собой частей или устройств, из которых по крайней мере одно движется, а также элементы привода, управления и энергетические узлы, которые предназначены для определенного применения, в частности для обработки, производства, перемещения или упаковки материала. К термину «оборудование» относят также машину и совокупность машин, которые так устроены и управляемы, что они функционируют как единое целое для достижения одной и той же цели.
    [ГОСТ ЕН 1070-2003]

    оборудование
    -

    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    оборудование
    Оснащение, материалы, приспособления, устройства, механизмы, приборы, инструменты и другие принадлежности, используемые в качестве частей электрической установки или в соединении с ней.
    [ ГОСТ Р МЭК 60204-1-2007]

    EN

    equipment
    single apparatus or set of devices or apparatuses, or the set of main devices of an installation, or all devices necessary to perform a specific task
    NOTE – Examples of equipment are a power transformer, the equipment of a substation, measuring equipment.
    [IEV number 151-11-25 ]

    equipment
    material, fittings, devices, components, appliances, fixtures, apparatus, and the like used as part of, or in connection with, the electrical equipment of machines
    [IEC 60204-1-2006]

    FR

    équipement, m
    matériel, m
    appareil unique ou ensemble de dispositifs ou appareils, ou ensemble des dispositifs principaux d'une installation, ou ensemble des dispositifs nécessaires à l'accomplissement d'une tâche particulière
    NOTE – Des exemples d’équipement ou de matériel sont un transformateur de puissance, l’équipement d’une sous-station, un équipement de mesure.
    [IEV number 151-11-25]

    Тематики

    EN

    DE

    FR

     

    организационный аппарат

    [ http://www.iks-media.ru/glossary/index.html?glossid=2400324]

    Тематики

    • электросвязь, основные понятия

    EN

    3.26 машины (machinery): Устройство, состоящее из соединенных между собой частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, один из которых движется, с соответствующими исполнительными механизмами, силовыми цепями и цепями управления и т.д., объединенных вместе в целях конкретного применения, в частности, для обработки, переработки, перемещения или упаковки материала (материал означает эквивалент вещества или изделия).

    Термин «машины» одновременно означает совокупность машин и механизмов, которые для достижения одной и той же цели установлены и управляются таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое.

    Источник: ГОСТ Р ЕН 1127-2-2009: Взрывоопасные среды. Взрывозащита и предотвращение взрыва. Часть 2. Основополагающая концепция и методология (для подземных выработок)

    Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > machinery

  • 10 rank

    I 1. noun
    1) (position in hierarchy) Rang, der; (Mil. also) Dienstgrad, der

    be above/below somebody in rank — einen höheren/niedrigeren Rang/Dienstgrad haben als jemand

    2) (social position) [soziale] Stellung

    people of all ranksMenschen aus allen [Gesellschafts]schichten

    3) (row) Reihe, die
    4) (Brit.): (taxi stand) [Taxen]stand, der
    5) (line of soldiers) Reihe, die

    the ranks(enlisted men) die Mannschaften und Unteroffiziere

    the rank and file — die Mannschaften und Unteroffiziere; (fig.) die breite Masse

    close [our/their] ranks — die Reihen schließen; (fig.) sich zusammenschließen

    rise from the ranks — sich [aus dem Mannschaftsstand] zum Offizier hochdienen; (fig.) sich hocharbeiten

    2. transitive verb

    rank among or with — zählen od. rechnen zu

    3. intransitive verb

    rank among or with — gehören od. zählen zu

    rank above/next to somebody — rangmäßig über/direkt unter jemandem stehen

    II adjective
    1) (complete) blank [Unsinn, Frechheit]; krass [Außenseiter, Illoyalität]
    2) (stinking) stinkend
    3) (rampant)

    rank weeds — [wild] wucherndes Unkraut

    * * *
    I 1. [ræŋk] noun
    1) (a line or row (especially of soldiers or taxis): The officer ordered the front rank to fire.) die Reihe
    2) ((in the army, navy etc) a person's position of importance: He was promoted to the rank of sergeant/colonel.) der Rang
    3) (a social class: the lower social ranks.) die Klasse
    2. verb
    (to have, or give, a place in a group, according to importance: I would rank him among our greatest writers; Apes rank above dogs in intelligence.) einreihen, gelten als
    - academic.ru/119003/the_rank_and_file">the rank and file
    II [ræŋk] adjective
    1) (complete; absolute: rank stupidity; The race was won by a rank outsider.) kraß
    2) (unpleasantly stale and strong: a rank smell of tobacco.) scharf
    * * *
    rank1
    [ræŋk]
    I. n
    1. no pl POL (position) Position f, [hohe [o leitende]] Stellung
    to pull \rank den Vorgesetzten herauskehren fam; POL Rang m
    a top \rank of government ein Spitzenposten m in der Regierung
    2. MIL Dienstgrad m, Rang m
    the \ranks pl (non-officers) einfache Soldaten
    to close \ranks die Reihen schließen; ( fig) sich akk zusammenschließen
    to join the \ranks in die Armee eintreten
    to join the \ranks of sth sich akk in etw akk einreihen
    John has joined the \ranks of the unemployed John ist dem Heer der Arbeitslosen beigetreten
    to be promoted to the \rank of captain zum Hauptmann befördert werden
    to rise from [or through] the \ranks sich akk zum Offizier hochdienen; ( fig) sich akk hocharbeiten
    the \ranks Mitglieder pl
    there is great concern about safety among the \ranks of racing drivers unter Rennfahrern herrscht große Sorge über die Sicherheit
    party \ranks Parteimitglieder pl
    4. (row) Reihe f
    cab [or taxi] \rank Taxistand m
    the front \rank of sth die vorderste Reihe einer S. gen
    serried \ranks of sth ganze Reihen von etw dat
    II. adj attr, inv (absolute) absolut, ausgesprochen
    a \rank amateur ein absoluter Amateur
    a \rank beginner ein blutiger Anfänger/eine blutige Anfängerin
    \rank cowardice reine Feigheit
    \rank injustice zum Himmel schreiende Ungerechtigkeit
    \rank insubordination pure Aufsässigkeit; MIL schiere Gehorsamsverweigerung
    \rank negligence extreme Vernachlässigung
    a \rank novice ein absoluter Neuling
    a \rank outsider ein totaler Außenseiter/eine totale Außenseiterin
    \rank stupidity reine [o schiere] Dummheit
    III. vi
    1. (hold a position)
    to \rank above sb einen höheren Rang als jd einnehmen, im Rang über jdm stehen
    2. (be classified as)
    he currently \ranks second in the world er steht derzeit auf Platz zwei der Weltrangliste, er ist derzeit Weltranglistenzweiter
    she \ranks among the theatre's greatest actors sie gehört mit zu den größten Theaterschauspielern
    IV. vt
    to \rank sth/sb jdn/etw einstufen
    to \rank sb among sb/sth jdn zu jdm/etw zählen
    to \rank sb/sth alongside sb/sth jdn/etw auf die gleiche Stufe mit jdm/etw stellen
    2. (arrange)
    to \rank sth etw anordnen
    to \rank sb/sth in order of size jdn/etw der Größe nach aufstellen
    rank2
    [ræŋk]
    1. (growing thickly) of a plant üppig wuchernd, wild wachsend
    2. (overgrown) verwildert, überwuchert
    3. (rancid) stinkend attr
    to be \rank with sth nach etw dat stinken
    his body was \rank with sweat er stank nach Schweiß
    \rank smell/odour [or AM odor] übler Geruch/Gestank
    * * *
    I [rŋk]
    1. n
    1) (MIL: grade) Rang m

    officer of high rank —

    See:
    pull
    2) (= class, status) Stand m, Schicht f

    people of all ranksLeute pl aller Stände

    3) (= row) Reihe f; (Brit = taxi rank) Taxistand m
    4) (MIL: formation) Glied nt

    to break rank(s)aus dem Glied treten

    the ranks, other ranks (Brit)die Mannschaften und die Unteroffiziere

    the rank and file of the party/union — die Basis der Partei/Gewerkschaft, die einfachen Partei-/Gewerkschaftsmitglieder

    to rise from the ranks — aus dem Mannschaftsstand zum Offizier aufsteigen; (fig) sich hocharbeiten

    See:
    close
    5) (MUS) Register nt
    2. vt
    (= class, consider)
    3. vi

    to rank above/below sb — bedeutender/weniger bedeutend als jd sein; (athlete) leistungsmäßig über/unter jdm liegen; (officer) rangmäßig über/unter jdm stehen

    he ranks high among her friends —

    it ranks with the best films of the decadees zählt zu den besten Filmen des Jahrzehnts

    he ranks as a great composerer gilt als großer Komponist

    to rank 6th — den 6. Rang or Platz belegen

    II
    adj (+er)
    1) plants üppig; grass verwildert
    2) (= offensive) smell übel; dustbin, drain stinkend attr; fat ranzig; person derb, vulgär

    to be rank (dustbin, drains) — stinken; (breath) stinken, übel riechend sein

    3) attr (= utter) disgrace wahr; injustice schreiend; nonsense, insolence rein; outsider, amateur richtig, absolut, ausgesprochen
    * * *
    rank1 [ræŋk]
    A s
    1. (soziale) Klasse, (Gesellschafts)Schicht f
    2. Rang m, Stand m, (soziale) Stellung:
    a man of rank ein Mann von Stand;
    of second rank zweitrangig;
    take the rank of den Vorrang haben vor (dat);
    take rank with sb mit jemandem gleichrangig sein;
    take high rank einen hohen Rang einnehmen;
    rank and fashion die vornehme Welt
    3. MIL etc Rang m, Dienstgrad m:
    in rank im Rang, rangmäßig;
    he is above me in rank er ist ranghöher als ich
    4. pl MIL (Unteroffiziere pl und) Mannschaften pl:
    rank and file der Mannschaftsstand ( A 5);
    rise from the ranks aus dem Mannschaftsstand hervorgehen, von der Pike auf dienen (a. fig)
    5. auch rank and file (der) große Haufen ( A 4):
    the rank of workers die große Masse oder das Heer der Arbeiter;
    the rank of a party die Basis einer Partei
    6. Aufstellung f:
    form into ranks sich formieren oder ordnen
    7. MIL Glied n, Linie f:
    a) wegtreten,
    b) in Verwirrung geraten;
    close the ranks die Reihen schließen;
    fall in ranks antreten;
    join the ranks in das Heer eintreten;
    a) aus dem Glied treten,
    b) desertieren
    8. Reihe f, Linie f, Kette f: cab rank
    9. Schach: waag(e)rechte Reihe
    B v/t
    1. in einer Reihe oder in Reihen aufstellen
    2. (ein)ordnen, einreihen
    3. eine Truppe etc antreten lassen oder aufstellen, formieren
    4. a) einstufen
    b) rechnen, zählen ( beide:
    with, among zu):
    I rank him above Shaw ich stelle ihn über Shaw;
    be ranked 8th in the world an 8. Stelle der Weltrangliste stehen
    5. US einen höheren Rang einnehmen als
    C v/i
    1. eine Reihe oder Reihen bilden, sich formieren oder ordnen
    2. einen Rang oder eine Stelle einnehmen:
    rank equally gleichrangig sein;
    rank first den ersten Rang einnehmen;
    a) einen hohen Rang einnehmen,
    b) einen hohen Stellenwert haben;
    ranking list Rangliste f;
    ranking officer US ranghöchster Offizier;
    ranking tournament SPORT Ranglistenturnier n
    3. gehören, zählen ( beide:
    among, with zu), rangieren ( above über dat, vor dat; next to hinter dat, gleich nach):
    rank as gelten als;
    he ranks next to the president er kommt gleich nach dem Präsidenten
    4. besonders MIL (in geschlossener Formation) marschieren:
    rank off abmarschieren
    5. WIRTSCH, JUR bevorrechtigt sein (Gläubiger etc)
    rank2 [ræŋk] adj (adv rankly)
    1. a) (wild) wuchernd (Pflanzen)
    b) überwuchert (Garten etc)
    2. fruchtbar (Boden etc)
    3. stinkend, übel riechend
    4. widerlich (Geruch, Geschmack)
    5. rein, völlig:
    rank outsider krasse(r) Außenseiter(in);
    rank beginner blutige(r) Anfänger(in);
    rank nonsense blühender Unsinn
    6. ekelhaft, widerwärtig
    7. unanständig, schmutzig (Sprache etc)
    * * *
    I 1. noun
    1) (position in hierarchy) Rang, der; (Mil. also) Dienstgrad, der

    be above/below somebody in rank — einen höheren/niedrigeren Rang/Dienstgrad haben als jemand

    2) (social position) [soziale] Stellung

    people of all ranks — Menschen aus allen [Gesellschafts]schichten

    3) (row) Reihe, die
    4) (Brit.): (taxi stand) [Taxen]stand, der
    5) (line of soldiers) Reihe, die

    the ranks (enlisted men) die Mannschaften und Unteroffiziere

    the rank and file — die Mannschaften und Unteroffiziere; (fig.) die breite Masse

    close [our/their] ranks — die Reihen schließen; (fig.) sich zusammenschließen

    rise from the ranks — sich [aus dem Mannschaftsstand] zum Offizier hochdienen; (fig.) sich hocharbeiten

    2. transitive verb

    rank among or with — zählen od. rechnen zu

    3. intransitive verb

    rank among or with — gehören od. zählen zu

    rank above/next to somebody — rangmäßig über/direkt unter jemandem stehen

    II adjective
    1) (complete) blank [Unsinn, Frechheit]; krass [Außenseiter, Illoyalität]
    2) (stinking) stinkend

    rank weeds — [wild] wucherndes Unkraut

    * * *
    n.
    Dienstgrad m.
    Grad -e m.
    Rang ¨-e (Mathematik) m.
    Rang ¨-e m.
    Reihe -n f.
    Stand ¨-e m.
    Stufe -n f.
    sozialer Stand m.

    English-german dictionary > rank

  • 11 κατά

    κατά [(A)][ κᾰτᾰ], poet. καταί acc. to A.D.Synt.309.28, found in Compds., as καταιβάτης: Prep. with gen. or acc.:—
    A downwards.
    A WITH GEN.,
    I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ' Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ' Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, Il. 22.187, 16.677, Od.14.399;

    κατ' οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας Il.6.128

    ; καθ' ἵππων ἀΐξαντε ib. 232;

    δάκρυα.. κ. βλεφάρων Χαμάδις ῥέε 17.438

    ;

    ἵεις σαυτὸν κ. τοῦ τείχους Ar.V. 355

    ;

    ἁλόμενοι κ. τῆς πέτρας X.An.4.2.17

    ;

    κ. τῶν πετρῶν ὦσαι Pl.Phdr. 229c

    ;

    κ. κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες Id.Lg. 944a

    :— for κατ' ἄκρης v. ἄκρα:

    Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ Theoc.7.82

    (but perh. in sense 11.1).
    1 down upon or over,

    κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας Il.3.217

    ; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ' ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, 5.696, cf. 20.321;

    τὸν δὲ κατ' ὀφθαλμῶν.. νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν 13.580

    ; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.., Od.8.85; [ κόπρος]

    κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή 9.330

    ; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, v. Χείρ; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες Pl.R. 398a;

    νάρκη μου κ. τῆς Χειρὸς καταχεῖται Ar.V. 713

    ;

    κ. τῆς τραπέζης καταπάσας τέφραν Id.Nu. 177

    ; ξαίνειν κ. τοῦ νώτου πολλὰς [ πληγάς] D.19.197;

    ἐσκεδασμένοι κ. τῆς Χώρας Plb.1.17.10

    ;

    οἱ κ. νώτου πονοῦντες Id.3.19.7

    ;

    ῥόπαλον ἤλασα κὰκ κεφαλῆς Theoc.25.256

    ; κ. κόρρης παίειν, = ἐπὶ κόρρης, Luc.Cat.12, al.
    b Geom., along, upon, πίπτειν κατ' [ εὐθείας] Archim.Sph.Cyl.1 Def.2; αἱ γωνίαι κ. κύκλων περιφερειῶν ἐνεχθήσονται will move on.., ib.1.23, al., cf. Aristarch.Sam.1.
    2 down into,

    νέκταρ στάξε κ. ῥινῶν Il.19.39

    ; of a dart,

    κ. γαίης ᾤχετο 13.504

    , etc.;

    ἔθηκε κατ' ὄχθης μείλινον ἔγχος 21.172

    ;

    ψυχὴ κ. Χθονὸς ᾤχετο 23.100

    ; κ. γᾶς underground, Pi.O.2.59; κατ' ὕδατος under water, Hdt.2.149; [ ποταμὸς]

    δὺς κ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd.

    113c, cf. Ti. 25d;

    κ. γῆς σύμεναι A.Eu. 1007

    (anap.); κ. Χθονὸς κρύψαι to bury. S.Ant.24; ὁ κ. γῆς one dead and buried, X.Cyr.4.6.5;

    οἱ κ. Χθονὸς θεοί A.Pers. 689

    , etc.;

    θεοὶ<οἱ> κ. γᾶς Id.Ch. 475

    (lyr.), etc.; so κ. θαλάσσης ἀφανίζεσθαι, καταδεδυκέναι, Hdt.7.6, 235; also βᾶτε κατ' ἀντιθύρων go down by or through.., S.El. 1433.
    3 later, towards a point, τοξεύειν κ. σκοποῦ to shoot at, Hdn.6.7.8;

    κατ' ἰχνῶν τινος ὁδεύειν Luc.Rh.Pr.9

    .
    4 of vows or oaths, by,

    καθ' ἡμῶν ὀμνύναι D.29.26

    , cf. 54.38;

    ἐπιορκήσασα κ. τῶν παίδων Lys.32.13

    ; esp. of the victims, etc., over which the oath is taken, ὀμνυόντων τὸν ἐπιχώριον ὅρκον καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Foed. ap. Th.5.47, cf. Arist.Ath.29.5, Foed.Delph.Pell.1A9, etc.;

    κ. τῶν νικητηρίων εὐξάμενοι D.Ep.1.16

    ; also κατ' ἐξωλείας ὀμνύναι to imprecate destruction on oneself, Id.21.119;

    κατ' ἐξ. ἐπιορκεῖν Id.57.22

    .
    b to make a vow towards, i.e. make a vow of offering..,

    κ. Χιλίων εὐχὴν ποιήσασθαι Χιμάρων Ar. Eq. 660

    .
    5 in hostile sense, against, A.Ch. 221, S.Aj. 304, etc.;

    κ. πάντων φύεσθαι D.18.19

    ; esp. of judges giving sentence against a person, A.Th. 198, S.Aj. 449, etc.;

    ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος Lys.22.7

    ;

    λέγειν κατά τινος κακά S.Ph.65

    , cf. X.HG1.5.2, etc.; of speeches, [ λόγος] κ. Μειδίου, etc. (opp. πρὸς Λεπτίνην, in reply to L.);

    δῶρα εἰληφέναι κατά τινος Din.3.6

    , cf. 18.
    6 of Time, for,

    μισθοῦν κ. εἴκοσι ἐτῶν IG12.94.37

    ; κ. βίου for life, Tab.Heracl.1.50;

    κὰπ παντὸς Χρόνοι IG9(2).517.20

    ([place name] Larissa ) (but

    κ. παντὸς τοῦ Χρόνου σκέψασθε D. 22.72

    falls under 7);

    κ. παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀείμνηστον Lycurg.7

    .
    7 in respect of, concerning,

    μὴ κατ' ἀνθρώπων σκόπει μόνον τοῦτο Pl. Phd. 70d

    ;

    κ. τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν τοιαῦτα εὑρήσομεν Id.Sph. 253b

    ; οἱ κ. Δημοσθένους ἔπαινοι praises bestowed on D., Aeschin.3.50; ἐρεῖν or λέγειν κατά τινος to say of one, Pl.Ap. 37b, Prt. 323b, etc.;

    εἰ κ. θηλείας φαίης A.D.Synt.198.10

    ;

    εἴπερ ἕν γέ τι ζητεῖς κ. πάντων Pl.Men. 73d

    , cf. 74b;

    ὅπερ εἴρηται καθόλου κ. πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν Arist.Pol. 1307b2

    ; freq. in the Logic of Arist., κατά τινος λέγεσθαι or κατηγορεῖσθαι to be predicated of.., Int.16b10, Cat. 1b10, etc.; καταφῆσαί (or ἀποφῆσαί) τι κατά τινος to affirm (or deny) of.., Metaph. 1007b21; so

    κ. τινὸς ὑπάρχειν Int. 16b13

    : and in Adv. καθόλου (q.v.).
    B WITH Acc.,
    I of motion downwards, κ. ῥόον down stream, Od.14.254, Il.12.33; opp. ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν, Hdt.2.96; κ. τὸν ποταμόν, κ. τὸ ὑδάτιον, Id.1.194, Pl.Phdr. 229a; κατ' οὖρον ἰέναι, ῥεῖν, down (i.e. with) the wind, A.Th. 690, S.Tr. 468; κ. πνεῦμα, κατ' ἄνεμον ἵστασθαι to leeward, Arist.HA 535a19, 560b13, Dsc.4.153.
    2 with or without signf. of motion, on, over, throughout a space, freq. in Hom.,

    καθ' Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον Ἄργος Od.1.344

    ; κατ' Ἀχαΐδα, κ. Τροίην, Il.11.770, 9.329;

    κατ' ἠερόεντα κέλευθα Od.20.64

    ; κ. πόντον, κῦμα, ὕλην, Il.4.276, 6.136, 3.151;

    κ. πτόλιν Od.2.383

    ; κ. ἄστυ, οἶκον, Il.18.286, 6.56; κ. ὅμιλον, στρατόν, 3.36, 1.229; κ. κλισίας τε νέας τε ib. 487;

    πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 17.512

    ; κ. ὑσμίνην, μόθον, κλόνον, 5.84, 18.159, 16.331;

    τὸ ὕδωρ κ. τοὺς ταφροὺς ἐχώρει X.Cyr.7.5.16

    , etc. (in later Gr.of motion to a place,

    κ. τὴν Ἰταλίαν Zos.3.1

    );

    καθ' Ἑλλάδα A.Ag. 578

    ;

    κ. πτόλιν Id.Th.6

    ;

    αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ κ. τὴν ἀγοράν D.18.169

    ;

    τὰ κατ' ἀγροὺς Διονύσια Aeschin.1.157

    , etc.;

    κ. τὸ προάστιον Hdt.3.54

    ;

    τύμβον κατ' αὐτόν A. Th. 528

    , cf. Supp. 869 (lyr.): Geom., at a point, Euc.1.1,al.; τέμνειν [ σφαῖραν] κ. κύκλον in a circle, Archim.Aren.1.17; also, in the region of,

    οἱ κ. τὸν ἥλιον γινόμενοι ἀστέρες Gem.12.7

    : freq. in Hom. in describing the place of a wound, βαλεῖν κ. στῆθος, γαστέρα, etc., Il.11.108, 16.465, al.;

    νύξε κ. δεξιὸν ὦμον 5.46

    ;

    οὔτασε κατ' ἰσχίον 11.339

    ; so βαλεῖν κατ' ἀσπίδα, κ. ζωστῆρα, 5.537, 615; βέλος κ. καίριον ἦλθεν struck upon a vital part, v.l. in 11.439: metaph.,

    ἄχος κ. φρένα τύψε 19.125

    : generally, κ. φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν in heart and soul, 4.163, al.
    3 opposite, over against,

    κ. Σινώπην πόλιν Hdt.1.76

    , cf. 2.148, Th.2.30, etc.;

    ἀνὴρ κατ' ἄνδρα A.Th. 505

    ;

    μολὼν.. μοι κ. στόμα Id.Ch. 573

    ;

    κατ' ὀφθαλμούς τινος LXX 2 Ki.12.11

    ;

    οἱ μὲν Ἀθηναῖοι κ. Λακεδαιμονίους ἐγένοντο X.HG4.2.18

    ; κατ' Ἀχαιοὺς ἀντετάχθησαν ibid.;

    ἐν συμποσίῳ.., περίμενε, μέχρις ἂν γένηται κατὰ σέ Epict.Ench. 15

    , cf. D.L.7.108.
    II distributively, of a whole divided into parts, κρῖν' ἄνδρας κ. φῦλα, κ. φρήτρας by tribes, by clans, Il.2.362; κ. σφέας μαχέονται by themselves, separately, ib. 366, cf. Th.4.64;

    ἐσκήνουν κ. τάξεις X.Cyr.2.1.25

    ;

    αὐτὴ καθ' αὑτήν A.Pr. 1013

    ; κ. κώμας κατοικημένοι in separate villages, Hdt.1.96; κατ' ἑωυτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο each to his own home, Id.5.15; κ. πόλεις ἀποπλεῦσαι, διαλυθῆναι, Th.1.89, 3.1:

    στρατιὰ κ. ἕνδεκα μέρη κεκοσμημένη Pl.Phdr. 247a

    ; later

    οἱ κατ' ἄνδρα λόγοι PLond.2.259.72

    (i A. D.), cf. D.Chr.32.6, etc.;

    ἡ κατ' οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή PLond.3.904.20

    (ii A.D.), etc.; κατ' ἔπος word by word, Ar.Ra. 802; κατ' ὄνομα individually, 3 Ep.Jo.15, etc.; παῖδα κ. κρήνην at each fount a boy, Lyr.Alex.Adesp.37.13, cf. POxy 2108.9 (iii A.D.).
    2 of Time, καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, day by day, daily, v. ἡμέρα 111; καθ' ἑνιαυτόν, κατ' ἔτος, Test.Epict.6.24, Ev.Luc.2.41, etc.;

    κ. μῆνα POxy.275.18

    (i A.D.).
    3 of Numbers, by so many at a time, καθ' ἕνα one at a time, individually, Hdt.7.104 (later

    τὸ καθ' ἕν

    detailed list,

    PTeb.47.34

    (ii B.C.), etc.); κ. μίαν τε καὶ δύο by ones and twos, Hdt.4.113;

    δύο μνέαι τεταγμέναι κατ' ἄνδρα αἰχμάλωτον ἕκαστον Id.6.79

    ;

    ἐκ τῶν συμμάχων ἐξελέγετο κατ' ὀλίγους Id.8.113

    ; κ. τὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μνᾶς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς εἰσφέρειν to pay 500 drachmae on every 25 minae, D.27.7;

    κ. διακοσίας καὶ τριακοσίας ὁμοῦ τι τάλαντον διακεχρημένον

    in separate sums of

    200

    and 300 drachmae, Id.27.11; of ships, κ. μίαν (sc. ναῦν) in column, Th.2.90;

    κ. μίαν ναῦν ἐπιτάττειν Plb.1.26.12

    , cf. Th.2.84: Geom., μετρεῖν, μετρεισθαι κατά.. , measure, be measured a certain number of times, Euc.7 Def.8,9,al.; μετρεῖν κ. τὰς ἐν τῷ Β μονάδας as many times as there are units in B, Id.7.16.
    III of direction towards an object or purpose, πλεῖν κ. πρῆξιν on a business, for or after a matter, Od. 3.72, 9.253; πλάζεσθαι κ. ληΐδα to rove in search of booty, 3.106; κ.

    ληΐην ἐκπλῶσαι Hdt.2.152

    ;

    ἔβη κ. δαῖτα Il.1.424

    ;

    ἐπιδημεῖν κατ' ἐμπορίαν IG22.141.32

    , cf. Arist.Ath.11.1; κ. Χρέος τινὸς ἐλθεῖν come to seek his help, consult him, Od.11.479, etc.;

    ἵεται κ. τὴν φωνήν Hdt.2.70

    ; κ. θέαν ἥκειν to have come for the purpose of seeing, Th.6.31;

    κ. πλοῦν ἤδη ὤν Id.7.31

    ;

    καθ' ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι X.An.3.5.2

    ; κ. τί; for what purpose? why? Ar.Nu. 239.
    2 of pursuit,

    κ. πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν Hdt.9.89

    ; simply κ. τινά after him, Id.1.84;

    ἰέναι κ. τοὺς ἄλλους Id.9.53

    ; κατ' ἴχνος on the track, S.Aj.32, A.Ag. 695 (lyr.);

    ὥσπερ κατ' ἴχνη κ. τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ζῆν Pl.Phd. 115b

    .
    3 Geom., in adverbial phrases, κ. κάθετον in the same vertical line, Archim. Quadr.6; κατ' εὐθεῖάν τινι in the same straight line with.., Papp. 58.7.
    IV of fitness or conformity, in accordance with,

    κ. θυμόν Il.1.136

    ; καθ' ἡμέτερον νόον after our liking, 9.108;

    κ. νόον πρήξωμεν Hdt.4.97

    ; κ. μοῖραν as is meet and right, Il.1.286; κατ' αἶσαν, κ. κόσμον, 10.445, 472;

    κ. νόμον Hes.Th. 417

    ;

    κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78

    ;

    κ. τοὺς νόμους IG22.1227.15

    ; αἰτίαν καθ' ἥντινα for what cause, A.Pr. 228; κατ' ἔχθραν, κ. φθόνον, for (i.e. because of) hatred, envy, Id.Supp. 336, Eu. 686; καθ' ἡδονήν τι δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, do as one pleases, Th. 2.37,53;

    κ. τὸ ἔχθος τὸ Θεσσαλῶν Hdt.8.30

    , cf. 9.38; κ. φιλίαν, κατ' ἔχθος, Th.1.60, 103, etc.; κατ' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, ὅτι δέ.. for no other reason but that.., Pl.Phdr. 229d; κ. δύναμιν to the best of one's power, Hdt.3.142, etc. ( κὰδ δ. Hes.Op. 336); κ. τρόπον διοικεῖν arrange suitably, Isoc.2.6,al.; κατ' εὐνοίην with goodwill, Hdt.6.108;

    κ. τὰ παρηγγελμένα X.An.2.2.8

    , etc.; in quotations, according to,

    κατ' Αἰσχύλον Ar.Th. 134

    ;

    κ. Πίνδαρον Pl.Phdr. 227b

    , etc.
    2 in relation to, concerning, τὰ κατ' ἀνθρώπους = τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, A.Eu. 930, 310;

    τὰ κ. τὸν Τέλλον Hdt.1.31

    ; τὰ κ. τὴν Κύρου τελευτήν ib. 214; τὰ κ. πόλεμον military matters, Aeschin.1.181; αἱ κ. τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομίαι (opp. αἱ πολεμικαὶ πράξεις ) the management of public affairs, Din. 1.97;

    τὰ κ. τὰς θυσίας SIG506.7

    (Delph., iii B.C.); so τὸ κατ' ὑμέας as far as concerns you, Hdt.7.158; τὸ κατ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, D.18.247; κ. τοῦτο in this respect, Hdt.5.3, etc.; κ. ταὐτά in the same way, Id.2.20; καθ' ὅτι so far as, Th.1.82, etc.
    3 in Comparisons, corresponding with, after the fashion of, κρομύοιο λοπὸν κ. like the coat of an onion, dub. in Od.19.233;

    μέλος κ. Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν πέμπεται Pi.P.2.67

    ; κ. Μιθραδάτην answering to the description of him, Hdt.1.121; τὴν ἰδέαν κ. πνιγέα like an oven in appearance, Ar.Av. 1001; κηδεῦσαι καθ' ἑαυτόν to marry in one's own rank of life, A.Pr. 890;

    οὐ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν Id.Th. 425

    ;

    λέγω κατ' ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ Id.Ag. 925

    ; οὐ κατὰ σέ none of your sort, Chionid.1 (but ἵνα προσείπω σε κατὰ σέ to address you in your own style, Pl.Grg. 467c);

    τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ οὐ κατ' ἐμέ Arr.Epict.1.28.5

    ;

    οὐ κ. τὰς Μειδίου λῃτουργίας D.21.169

    ;

    ἡ βασιλεία κ. τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστί Arist.Pol. 1310b3

    : freq. after a [comp] Comp.,

    μέζων ἢ κατ' ἀνθρώπων φύσιν Hdt.8.38

    , cf. Pl.Ap. 20e, etc.; μείζω ἢ κ. δάκρυα too great for tears, Th.7.75; ἤθεα βαθύτερα ἢ κ. Θρήϊκας morerefined than was common among the Thracians, Hdt.4.95.
    V by the favour of a god, etc.,

    κ. δαίμονα Pi.O.9.28

    , cf. P.8.68;

    κ. θεῖον Ar.Eq. 147

    codd. (κ. θεὸν Cobet);

    κ. τύχην τινά D.48.24

    .
    VI of round numbers (v. infr. v11.2), nearly, about,

    κ. Χίλια ἑξακόσια ἔτεα 1600

    years more or less, Hdt.2.145, cf. 6.44, al.; κατ' οὐδέν next to nothing, Pl.Plt. 302b.
    VII of Time, during or in the course of a period,

    κ. τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.7.137

    ; καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, by day, A. Ch. 818, Ag. 668;

    κατ' εὐφρόνην Id.Pers. 221

    ; κ. Χειμῶνα, κ. θερείαν, PLille 1r14 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.60 (ii B.C.).
    2 about,

    κ. τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον Χρόνον Hdt.3.131

    , etc.;

    κ. τοὺς θανάτους τῶν βασιλέων Id.6.58

    ; esp. with names of persons, κ. Ἄμασιν βασιλεύοντα about the time of Amasis, Id.2.134;

    κ. τὸν κ. Κροῖσον Χρόνον Id.1.67

    ; οἱ κατ' ἐκεῖνον (sc. τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην)

    ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι D.21.146

    (v.l. κατ' ἐκ. τὸν Χρόνον)

    ; κ. τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας X.Lac.10.8

    ; οἱ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἄνθρωποι their contemporaries, Id.Mem.3.5.10.
    3 καθ' ἕτος this year, SIG 284.24 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), OGI458.64 (i B.C./iA.D.), CIG3641b5,38 ([place name] Lampsacus).
    VIII periphrastically with abstract Subst., κατ' ἡσυχίην, κ. τάχος, = ἡσύχως, ταχέως, Hdt.1.9,7.178; κ. κράτος by force, X.HG2.1.19, etc.; κ. μέρος partially, Arist.Po. 1456a16; individually, severally, Pl.Tht. 157b, Lg. 835a; κ. φύσιν naturally, Hdt. 2.38, Pl.R. 428e; κ. τὴν τέχνην skilfully, Luc.DDeor.20.7; οὔτ' ἐμοὶ λέγειν καθ' ἡδονήν [ ἐστι] it is not pleasant for me to tell you, A.Pr. 263.
    C Position: κατά may follow both its cases, and is then written with anastr. κάτα, as Il.20.221, etc.; so also in tmesi, when it follows its Verb, 17.91.
    D abs. as ADV. in all the above senses, esp. like κάτω, downwards, from above, down, freq. in Hom.
    I downwards, down, as in

    καταβαίνω, καταβάλλω, κατάκειμαι, καταπέμπω, καταπίπτω, καταπλέω 1

    .
    II in answer to, in accordance with, as in κατᾴδω ( occino), καταινέω, καταθύμιος.
    III against, in hostile sense (cf. A.11.5), as in καταγιγνώσκω, κατακρίνω, καταψηφίζομαι: more rarely with a Subst., as καταδίκη.
    IV back, back again, as in

    κάτειμι, καταπορεύομαι, καταπλέω 11

    .
    V freq. only to strengthen the notion of the simple word, as in κατακόπτω, κατακτείνω, καταφαγεῖν, etc.; also with Substs. and Adjs., as in κατάδηλος, κάτοξος.
    VI sts. to give a trans. force to an intr. Verb, our be-, as in καταθρηνέω bewail.
    VII implying waste or consumption, as in καταλειτουργέω, καθιπποτροφέω, καταζευγοτροφέω: and generally in a disparaging sense, as in

    καταγιγνώσκω 1

    .
    F κατά as a Prep. was shortd. in some dialects, esp. in [dialect] Ep., into κάγ, κάδ, κάκ, κάμ, κάν, κάπ, κάρ, κάτ, before γ, δ, κ, μ, ν, π (or φ) , ῥ, τ (or θ), respectively; see these forms in their own places. Mss. and the older Edd. join the Prep. with the following word, as καγγόνυ, καδδέ, κακκεφαλῆς, καππεδίον, καπφάλαρα, καρρόον, καττάδε, καττόν, etc. In compd. Verbs, κατά sts. changes into καβ, καλ, καρ, κατ, before β, λ, ρ, θ, respectively, as κάββαλε, κάλλιπε, καρρέζουσα, κάτθανε; and before στ, σχ, the second syll. sts. disappears, as in καστορνῦσα, κάσχεθε, as also in the [dialect] Dor. forms καβαίνων, κάπετον.
    ------------------------------------
    κατά [(B)],
    A = κατὰ τά, IG22.334.15; cf. κά. [full] κᾆτα, [dialect] Att. crasis for καὶ εἶτα, v. εἶτα sub fin. [full] κατάβα, for κατάβηθι, [tense] aor. 2 imper. of καταβαίνω.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κατά

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Bollandists —     The Bollandists     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Bollandists     An association of ecclesiastical scholars engaged in editing the Acta Sanctorum. This work is a great hagiographical collection begun during the first years of the seventeenth… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Satanic Verses controversy — refers to the controversy surrounding Salman Rushdie s novel The Satanic Verses . In particular it involves the novel s alleged blasphemy or unbelief; the 1989 fatwa issued by Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini ordering Muslims to kill Rushdie; and the… …   Wikipedia

  • List of gangs in the Grand Theft Auto series — The Grand Theft Auto series of video games features a myriad of fictional gangs and criminal organizations of various ethnicities, histories and activities, which have served as both primary and secondary vehicles in the games plot points, as… …   Wikipedia

  • The Thick of It — Format Comedy (political satire) Created by Armando Iannucci …   Wikipedia

  • List of Green Lanterns — The Green Lantern Corps that appear in fictional stories published by DC Comics has at least 7200 members, two per sector (originally 3600 with one per sector), in addition to assorted other members who fulfill roles other than patrolling.… …   Wikipedia

  • The Handmaid's Tale — For the film adaptation, see The Handmaid s Tale (film). For the operatic adaptation, see The Handmaid s Tale (opera). The Handmaid s Tale   …   Wikipedia

  • The Joshua Tree — For other uses, see Joshua tree (disambiguation). The Joshua Tree …   Wikipedia

  • List of Last Exile characters — Gonzo promotional image for Last Exile featuring main characters Lavie Head, Alvis E. Hamilton, and Claus Valca. The Japanese animated television series Last Exile features a cast of characters designed by artist …   Wikipedia

  • List of species in Magic: The Gathering — Magic: the Gathering is a collectible card game set in a richly detailed fictional world. The Multiverse of Dominia in which it takes place is host to a vast number of individual universes known as planes, from the varied classical environments… …   Wikipedia

  • List of hollows in Bleach — This is a list of characters in the anime and manga series Bleach who are are the ten strongest arrancar in Sōsuke Aizen s army. They are ranked in order of their strength. The members are listed according to their known rank. The first three… …   Wikipedia

  • List of current state leaders by date of assumption of office — This is a list of current state leaders, showing Heads of State and Heads of Government where different, ordered by the date they assumed the office. States where Head of State differs from Head of Government are mainly parliamentary systems.… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»